WO2018195984A1 - Method and device for sending random access preamble - Google Patents
Method and device for sending random access preamble Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2018195984A1 WO2018195984A1 PCT/CN2017/082578 CN2017082578W WO2018195984A1 WO 2018195984 A1 WO2018195984 A1 WO 2018195984A1 CN 2017082578 W CN2017082578 W CN 2017082578W WO 2018195984 A1 WO2018195984 A1 WO 2018195984A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- symbol
- symbol group
- frequency
- group
- groups
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
- H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
Definitions
- the present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method and a device for transmitting a random access preamble.
- IoT Internet of Things
- Typical IoT applications include possible applications including smart grid, smart agriculture, smart transportation, smart home, and environmental detection. Because the Internet of Things needs to be applied in a variety of scenarios, such as from the outdoors to the indoors, from the ground to the underground, there are many special requirements for the design of the Internet of Things. For example, where the wireless network signal is poor, there is a need for coverage enhancement.
- Most IoT applications need to support a large number of low-rate devices and large-scale deployment of low-cost and low-energy devices.
- IoT devices For applications targeting open areas, such as smart agriculture, animal husbandry monitoring, smart lakes (eg pollution monitoring, aquatic biomonitoring, etc.), the coverage level of IoT devices needs to meet larger cell radii.
- NB-IoT Narrowband Internet of Things
- SC-FDMA single-carrier frequency division multiple access
- the user needs to perform a random access procedure before sending the uplink data, that is, the user needs to send the NB-IoT random access preamble on the random access channel.
- An NB-IoT random access preamble consists of 4 symbol groups. One symbol group occupies one subcarrier, and one symbol group consists of a cyclic prefix CP and 5 symbols. The length of each symbol is NB-IoT uplink subcarrier. The reciprocal of the bandwidth.
- the maximum cell radius supported by the NB-IoT is related to the guard time GT.
- the larger the GT, the larger the radius of the largest cell covered, and the guard time GT is related to the time length T CP of the cyclic prefix and the time length T SEQ of 5 symbols. Therefore, the maximum cell radius supported by the NB-IoT is related to the format of the NB-IoT random access preamble and the subcarrier bandwidth supported by the NB-IoT .
- the bandwidth of one NB-IoT carrier is 180 kHz, and the bandwidth of one subcarrier is 3.75 kHz.
- the format of the NB-IoT random access preamble includes format 0 or format 1, format 0.
- the time length T CP of the cyclic prefix of format 1 is different.
- the maximum cell radius supported by format 0 is 10 km, and the maximum cell radius supported by format 1 is 40 km.
- the maximum cell radius that the random access preamble can support exceeds 100 km.
- NB-IoT In order to interface with LTE and multiplex the LTE site, NB-IoT also needs to meet the maximum cell radius supported by more than 100km.
- the current random access preamble format of NB-IoT does not support such a large cell radius. Therefore, the new format of the random access preamble and the time-frequency resource configuration of the random access preamble transmitting the new format need to be designed to adapt to the maximum cell radius of the NB-IoT exceeding 100 km.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a method and a device for transmitting a random access preamble, which are used to adapt to an application scenario in which the maximum cell radius of the NB-IoT is 100 km.
- the application provides a method for sending a random access preamble, including:
- the terminal device acquires random access configuration information sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
- the random access preamble is composed of L symbol groups, L is a positive integer greater than 4, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two of the symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups passes a subcarrier frequency.
- the single-carrier transmission mode of the symbol group of the random access preamble has a lower peak average power than the PAPR, which helps to improve the performance of the entire system, and can simultaneously support more user multiplexing.
- the frequency information of the random access preamble transmitting the new format is determined according to the new format and the random access configuration information corresponding to the new format, so that the terminal device can adapt the NB-IoT system to support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth and cover a larger cell.
- the application scenario of the radius When the length of the cyclic prefix of the random access preamble in the new format and the length of time of all symbols increase, the protection time of the random access preamble increases, and the protection time of the random access preamble increases.
- the NB-IoT system can adapt to the NB-IoT system to support narrower subcarrier bandwidth and cover larger cell radius, such as more than 100km.
- the number of symbol groups included in the random access preamble is increased, which can transmit more service information, which is beneficial to improving the service capability of the entire NB-IoT system.
- the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, each group includes 4 symbol groups, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2; one of the N groups At least one hopping interval between the symbol groups is different from at least one hopping interval between the symbol groups of the other of the N groups.
- the single-carrier frequency hopping mode is adopted, and the peak average power is lower than the PAPR, which helps to improve the performance of the entire system, and can simultaneously support more user multiplexing.
- the features are conducive to simplifying the design.
- the hopping interval may also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, and further Can support larger cell radii, such as more than 100km.
- the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and one of the N groups includes m symbol groups, and m is a positive integer less than 4, in the N groups. All other groups include 4 symbol groups.
- the single-carrier frequency hopping mode is adopted, and the peak average power is lower than the PAPR, which helps to improve the performance of the entire system, and can simultaneously support more user multiplexing.
- the preset rule for determining the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current symbol group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups.
- An index expression of a frequency point position the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and a frequency point position of the previous symbol group The index relationship between the symbol group index numbers of the current symbol group.
- the preset rule and the method for determining the frequency point information are applicable to a scenario in which the hopping interval between all symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, compared with the prior art. Each symbol group has a large selection space with respect to the hopping interval of the previous symbol group, and can support more terminal device access.
- the frequency point information is determined by:
- the preset rule and the method for determining the frequency point information are applicable to a scenario in which the hopping interval between all symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, compared with the prior art.
- Each symbol group has a large selection space with respect to the hopping interval of the previous symbol group, and can support more terminal device access.
- the hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, if the hopping interval between the groups is also an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, when When the hopping interval is a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, a larger cell radius can be supported, such as more than 100 km.
- the preset rule for determining the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups.
- An index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group; the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and the previous symbol group The index position between the frequency point location and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
- the preset rule and the method for determining frequency point information are applicable to a scheme in which a pseudo-random frequency hopping is adopted based on a frequency hopping interval between groups, and a frequency hopping interval between symbol groups in a group is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth.
- a symbol group of a random access preamble (between groups) may also be determined by using a pseudo-random sequence, and the hopping interval of each symbol group in each group may be dynamically adjusted according to the pseudo-random sequence to reduce inter-cell interference. Conducive to increase system capacity and improve system performance.
- the frequency point information is determined by:
- Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group.
- the preset rule and the method for determining frequency point information are applicable to a scheme in which a pseudo-random frequency hopping is adopted based on a frequency hopping interval between groups, and a frequency hopping interval between symbol groups in a group is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth.
- a symbol group of a random access preamble (between groups) may also be determined by using a pseudo-random sequence, and the hopping interval of each symbol group in each group may be dynamically adjusted according to a pseudo-random sequence, which is advantageous for reducing inter-cell spacing. Interference, increase system capacity, and improve system performance.
- the initialization seed of the pseudo random sequence is a function of a physical layer cell identifier or a physical layer cell identifier of the terminal device.
- the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and Any of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the format of the random access preamble, including the time length of the cyclic prefix, and the time length of each symbol support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth
- the hopping interval may also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, for example, 1.25 kHz, can support a larger cell radius, such as more than 100km.
- the frequency hopping interval between the groups of the N groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth.
- the hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth
- the hopping interval between the groups is also an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, when hopping
- the frequency spacing is a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, a larger cell radius can be supported.
- the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 KHz.
- the format of the random access preamble, including the length of the cyclic prefix, and the length of each symbol support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, and the hopping interval can also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, which can support A larger cell radius, such as more than 100km.
- any group of the N groups including 4 symbol groups including 4 symbol groups:
- the frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group is opposite to the frequency hopping direction of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group;
- the frequency spacing is equal; and the frequency hopping interval is smaller than a hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group.
- a frequency hopping direction between the first symbol group and the second symbol group, and a frequency hopping between the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group The direction is reversed; the hopping interval between the first symbol group and the second symbol group is the same as the hopping interval between the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group, so that the differential accumulation method can eliminate
- the reliability of the ToA estimation is improved due to the phase effect caused by the frequency offset.
- the application provides a method for sending a random access preamble, including:
- the network device sends random access configuration information to the terminal device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
- the network device receives a random access preamble sent by the terminal device, where the random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the determined frequency point information according to the format, and the random access preamble is composed of L
- the symbol group is composed, L is a positive integer greater than 4, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two of the symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups is transmitted by one subcarrier frequency, and the frequency point information includes the L
- Each of the symbol groups corresponds to a frequency point, and the frequency point information is determined according to the random access configuration information and a preset rule.
- the single-carrier transmission mode of the symbol group of the random access preamble has a lower peak average power than the PAPR, which helps to improve the performance of the entire system, and can simultaneously support more user multiplexing.
- the frequency information of the random access preamble transmitting the new format is determined according to the new format and the random access configuration information corresponding to the new format, so that the terminal device can adapt the NB-IoT system to support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth and cover a larger cell.
- the application scenario of the radius When the length of the cyclic prefix of the random access preamble in the new format and the length of time of all symbols increase, the protection time of the random access preamble increases, and the protection time of the random access preamble increases.
- the NB-IoT system can adapt to the NB-IoT system to support narrower subcarrier bandwidth and cover larger cell radius, such as more than 100km.
- the number of symbol groups included in the random access preamble is increased, which can transmit more service information, which is beneficial to improving the service capability of the entire NB-IoT system.
- the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and each group includes 4 symbol groups, where N is greater than Or a positive integer equal to 2; at least one hopping interval between symbol groups of one of the N groups, and at least one hop between the symbol groups of another group of the N groups
- the frequency interval is different.
- the single-carrier frequency hopping mode is adopted, and the peak average power is lower than the PAPR, which helps to improve the performance of the entire system, and can simultaneously support more user multiplexing.
- the features are conducive to simplifying the design.
- the hopping interval may also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, and further Can support larger cell radii, such as more than 100km.
- the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and one of the N groups includes m symbol groups, and m is a positive integer less than 4, in the N groups. All other groups include 4 symbol groups.
- the single-carrier frequency hopping mode is adopted, and the peak average power is lower than the PAPR, which helps to improve the performance of the entire system, and can simultaneously support more user multiplexing.
- the preset rule used to determine the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current symbol group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups.
- An index expression of a frequency point position the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and a frequency point position of the previous symbol group The index relationship between the symbol group index numbers of the current symbol group.
- the preset rule and the method for determining the frequency point information are applicable to a scenario in which the hopping interval between all symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, compared with the prior art. Each symbol group has a large selection space with respect to the hopping interval of the previous symbol group, and can support more terminal device access.
- the frequency point information is determined by:
- the preset rule and the method for determining the frequency point information are applicable to a scenario in which the hopping interval between all symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, compared with the prior art.
- Each symbol group has a large selection space with respect to the hopping interval of the previous symbol group, and can support more terminal device access.
- the hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth
- the hopping interval between the groups is also an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth
- a larger cell radius can be supported, such as more than 100 km.
- the preset rule used to determine the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups.
- the preset rule and the method for determining frequency point information are applicable to pseudo-random frequency hopping based on frequency hopping intervals between groups,
- the hopping interval between symbol groups in a group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, compared with the prior art.
- a symbol group of a random access preamble may also be determined by using a pseudo-random sequence, and the hopping interval of each symbol group in each group may be dynamically adjusted according to a pseudo-random sequence, which is advantageous for reducing inter-cell spacing. Interference, increase system capacity, and improve system performance.
- the frequency point information is determined by:
- the preset rule and the method for determining frequency point information are applicable to a scheme in which a pseudo-random frequency hopping is adopted based on a frequency hopping interval between groups, and a frequency hopping interval between symbol groups in a group is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth. Compared with the prior art.
- a symbol group of a random access preamble may also be determined by using a pseudo-random sequence, and the hopping interval of each symbol group in each group may be dynamically adjusted according to a pseudo-random sequence, which is advantageous for reducing inter-cell spacing. Interference, increase system capacity, and improve system performance.
- the initialization seed of the pseudo random sequence is a function of a physical layer cell identifier or a physical layer cell identifier of the terminal device.
- the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and Any of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the format of the random access preamble, including the time length of the cyclic prefix, and the time length of each symbol support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth
- the hopping interval may also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, for example, 1.25 kHz, can support a larger cell radius, such as more than 100km.
- the frequency hopping interval between the groups of the N groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth.
- the hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth
- the hopping interval between the groups is also an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, when hopping
- the frequency spacing is a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, a larger cell radius can be supported, such as more than 100 km.
- the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 KHz.
- the format of the random access preamble, including the length of the cyclic prefix, and the length of each symbol support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, and the hopping interval can also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, which can support A larger cell radius, such as more than 100km.
- any group of the N groups including 4 symbol groups including 4 symbol groups:
- the frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group is opposite to the frequency hopping direction of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group;
- the frequency spacing is equal; and the frequency hopping interval is smaller than a hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group.
- the jump between the first symbol group and the second symbol group Frequency direction, opposite to the frequency hopping direction between the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group; the frequency hopping interval between the first symbol group and the second symbol group, and the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group
- the frequency hopping interval between the symbol groups is the same, so that the phase influence due to the frequency offset can be eliminated by the differential accumulation method, thereby improving the reliability of the ToA estimation.
- the application provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a memory, a transceiver, and a processor, wherein: the memory is used to store an instruction; the processor is configured to execute an instruction stored in the memory, and Controlling the transceiver to perform signal reception and signal transmission, and when the processor executes the instruction stored in the memory, the terminal device is configured to perform the foregoing first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect The method described.
- the application provides a network device, where the network device includes a memory, a transceiver, and a processor, where: the memory is used to store an instruction;
- the processor is configured to control the transceiver to perform signal reception and signal transmission according to an instruction to execute the memory, and when the processor executes the instruction stored in the memory, the network device is configured to execute the foregoing The steps related to the network device in any of the possible implementations of the second aspect or the second aspect.
- the present application provides a computer readable storage medium having instructions stored therein that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any of the first aspect or the first aspect described above The method described in the implementation.
- the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method described in the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
- the present application provides a computer readable storage medium having instructions stored therein that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any of the foregoing second or second aspects The method described in the implementation.
- the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method described in any of the second or second aspects of the above.
- Multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme
- the application provides a random access preamble sending method, including:
- the terminal device acquires random access configuration information sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
- the random access preamble is composed of 4 symbol groups, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups is sent by two or more subcarrier frequency points.
- the frequency point information includes frequency points corresponding to the L symbol groups respectively.
- the multi-carrier together frequency hopping scheme is designed to facilitate the utilization of existing resource configurations and save signaling overhead. For a terminal device with a good coverage level, a multi-carrier frequency hopping method can be adopted.
- the format of the random access preamble, including the length of the cyclic prefix, and the length of each symbol support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, and the hopping interval can also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, which can support A larger cell radius, such as more than 100km.
- the two subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points, or at least two of the two or more subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points, and at least two adjacent frequency points can ensure multiple sub-points.
- the interval between carriers is small, for example, the sub-carrier bandwidth is 1.25 kHz, which is beneficial to accessing more terminal devices and improving system performance.
- the relative positions of the two or more subcarrier frequency points distributed in the frequency domain direction are the same and are in a hop The frequency remains unchanged. If the relative positions of multiple subcarriers in a symbol group remain unchanged during frequency hopping, as long as the frequency position of one subcarrier in the symbol group is determined, the frequency position of other subcarriers may be offset according to the relative position. .
- the hopping interval between each two adjacent symbol groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth, and the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 kHz.
- the hopping interval supports a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, which can accommodate NB-IoT systems to support narrower subcarrier bandwidths and cover larger cell radii, such as over 100 km, which in turn helps to improve NB-IoT systems. capacity.
- the application provides a method for sending a random access preamble, including:
- the terminal device acquires random access configuration information sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
- the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device according to the measured value of the random access configuration information and the reference signal received power, where the random access preamble includes L symbol groups.
- L is a positive integer greater than or equal to 4, and there is a frequency hopping between each adjacent two of the symbol groups.
- the random access preamble is selected according to the condition of the terminal device to be transmitted according to the single carrier or the multi-carrier method, that is, the terminal device selects the condition by itself.
- the subcarrier frequency point transmits each symbol group of the random access preamble in the new format, or transmits each symbol group of the random access preamble in the new format through two or more subcarrier frequency points, which can balance both
- the carrier scheme can improve resource utilization and save signaling overhead.
- the single-carrier scheme can improve the performance of the entire system and realize the features of supporting more users at the same time.
- the terminal device sends the random access preamble to the network device according to the measured value of the random access configuration information and the reference signal received power, including:
- the sending manner is: sending each of the symbols by using a subcarrier frequency point Grouping, or transmitting each of the symbol groups by two or more subcarrier frequencies;
- the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device according to the sending manner and the format.
- the terminal device determines, according to the random access configuration information and the measured value of the received power of the reference signal, the sending manner of the random access preamble, including:
- the terminal device determines a sending manner of the random access preamble according to the coverage level.
- sending the random access preamble to the network device according to the sending manner and the format including:
- the terminal device acquires a preset rule and random access configuration information corresponding to the sending mode according to the sending manner;
- the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device according to the frequency point information according to the format.
- the application provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a memory, a transceiver, and a processor.
- the memory is configured to store an instruction
- the processor is configured to control an instruction to store the memory according to an instruction to execute the memory, and control the transceiver to perform signal reception and signal transmission when the processor executes the instruction stored in the memory
- the terminal device is configured to perform the method described in any of the possible implementations of the ninth aspect or the ninth aspect.
- the present application provides a computer readable storage medium having stored therein instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any of the above ninth or ninth aspects The method described in the possible implementation.
- the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of any of the above-described ninth or ninth aspects.
- the present application provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a memory, a transceiver, and a processor, wherein: the memory is used to store an instruction, and the processor is configured to execute an instruction stored in the memory according to an instruction. And controlling the transceiver to perform signal reception and signal transmission.
- the terminal device is configured to perform any of the foregoing tenth or tenth aspects. Said method.
- the present application provides a computer readable storage medium having stored therein instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any of the above tenth or tenth aspects The method described in the possible implementation.
- the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method described in any of the above-described tenth or tenth aspects.
- FIG. 1 is a system architecture diagram of a narrowband Internet of Things according to an embodiment of the present application
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a frequency hopping pattern of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble in the prior art
- FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a symbol group of a random access preamble of a narrowband Internet of Things in the prior art
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a prior art narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble including a repetition frequency hopping pattern
- FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a symbol group of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a random access preamble of a narrowband Internet of Things according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a single carrier frequency hopping pattern of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a single carrier frequency hopping pattern of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another single carrier frequency hopping pattern of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another single-carrier frequency hopping pattern of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a multi-carrier frequency hopping pattern of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a multi-carrier symbol group of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble in a frequency domain distribution direction according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a multi-carrier frequency hopping pattern of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a single carrier symbol group of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble in a time distribution direction according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a multi-carrier symbol group of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble in a time distribution direction according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a repetition quantity of a random access preamble of a narrowband Internet of Things in a time distribution direction according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting a random access preamble of a narrowband Internet of Things in a coexistence of a single carrier and a multicarrier scheme according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to the present application.
- FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to the present application.
- FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by the present application.
- FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to the present application.
- the present application is mainly applied to a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system or an Advanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A) (LTE Advanced) system.
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- LTE-A Advanced Long Term Evolution
- LTE Advanced Long Term Evolution
- the present application can also be applied to other communication systems, as long as there are entities in the communication system that can transmit information, and other entities can receive information.
- New Radio (NR) system Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (Wideband Code Division Multiple) Access, WCDMA) System, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, Advanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (Universal Mobile Telecommunication System, UMTS), Evolved Long Term Evolution (eLTE) system, other mobile communication systems such as 5G.
- GSM Global System of Mobile communication
- CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
- Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
- WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
- GPRS General Packet Radio Service
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- LTE-A Advanced Long Term Evolution
- Universal Mobile Telecommunications System Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
- eLTE Evolved Long Term Evolution
- the network device and the terminal device 1 to the terminal device 6 constitute a communication system in which the network device and the terminal device 1 to the terminal device 6 can transmit data to each other. Further, the terminal device 4 to the terminal device 6 also constitute a communication system in which the terminal device 5 can transmit information to one or more of the terminal device 4 and the terminal device 6.
- the uplink of the NB-IoT is intended to use the frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) technology.
- SC-FDMA frequency division multiple access
- the user needs to send uplink data.
- the random access procedure is performed first. Specifically, before the terminal device sends the uplink data to the network device, the NB-IoT random access preamble needs to be sent on the random access channel according to the random access configuration information specified by the network device.
- an NB-IoT random access preamble consists of 4 symbol groups, one symbol group occupies one subcarrier, and there is frequency hopping between the symbol groups, and the frequency domain position of each symbol group transmission is limited to 12 Within the subcarriers, the frequency domain hopping range is within 12 subcarriers, the subcarrier bandwidth is 3.75 kHz, the hopping interval between symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, and the minimum hopping interval is 3.75 kHz.
- an NB-IoT random access preamble is composed of a symbol group 1, a symbol group 2, a symbol group 3, and a symbol group 4.
- one symbol group includes one cyclic prefix CP and five symbols (symbols #0 to #4), the cyclic prefix has a time length of T CP , and the length of five symbols is T SEQ , each symbol A sequence is carried on, and the length of time of each symbol group is the reciprocal of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the NB-IoT random access preamble is repeatedly transmitted according to the number of repetitions of the network configuration.
- four symbol groups of the random access preamble are represented by gray-filled rectangles and numbers, and are recorded as chronological order as the first, second, third, and fourth symbol groups.
- the figure is represented by the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4.
- the random access preamble has two frequency hopping intervals in one repetition period, which are 3.75 kHz and 22.5 kHz, respectively.
- the frequency hopping interval between the first symbol group and the second symbol group is 3.75 kHz
- the frequency hopping interval between the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group is 3.75 kHz.
- the hopping interval between the second symbol group and the third symbol group is 22.5 kHz.
- Pseudo-random frequency hopping is used between two adjacent repetition periods.
- the elliptical dotted line is marked in the figure, and the frequency hopping range is also limited to 12 subcarriers.
- the preamble currently supported by NB-IoT has two formats, where T CP is the length of a cyclic prefix, and T SEQ is the length of 5 symbols.
- a terminal also called a User Equipment (UE) is a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, an in-vehicle device, and the like.
- UE User Equipment
- Common terminals include, for example, mobile phones, tablets, notebook computers, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MIDs), wearable devices such as smart watches, smart bracelets, pedometers, and the like.
- MIDs mobile internet devices
- wearable devices such as smart watches, smart bracelets, pedometers, and the like.
- the network device which may be a common base station (such as a Node B or an eNB), may be a new radio controller (NR controller), may be a gNode B (gNB) in a 5G system, may be centralized
- a centralized unit which may be a new wireless base station, may be a radio remote module, may be a micro base station, may be a relay, may be a distributed network element, or may be a receiving point (Transmission) A reception point (TRP) or a transmission point (TP) or any other wireless access device, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
- Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing OFDM
- SCMA Sparse Code Multiplexing Access
- filtered orthogonal frequency division multiplexing Filtered
- the Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (F-OFDM) symbol and the Non-Orthogonal Multiple Access (NOMA) symbol may be determined according to actual conditions, and details are not described herein again.
- System message which is cell-level information, is valid for all terminal devices accessing the cell, and each system message contains a set of parameters related to a certain function.
- the system information block SIB2 is a type of system message, and mainly includes public radio resource configuration information, which is common to all UEs.
- Subcarrier bandwidth The smallest granularity in the frequency domain.
- the subcarrier width of one subcarrier is 15 kHz.
- the subcarrier width of one subcarrier is 15 kHz, 3.75 kHz, and even narrower.
- Multiple means two or more. "and/or”, describing the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that there are three cases where A exists separately, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists separately.
- the character "/” generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or” relationship.
- first, second, third, etc. may be used to describe various messages, requests, and terminals in the embodiments of the present application, these messages, requests, and terminals should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish messages, requests, and terminals from one another.
- each symbol group includes a cyclic prefix CP (time length is T CP ) and a sequence, wherein the sequence includes E symbols, and the total length of the sequence is T SEQ , E is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and E can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and the like.
- the subcarrier bandwidth is narrower than the existing NB-IoT system, for example, the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 kHz, and the time length of each symbol is the reciprocal of the subcarrier bandwidth, the time length of each symbol will be prior art. 3 times, the length of the symbol increases, and the length of the cyclic prefix CP also increases. Therefore, in the new format, the time length T CP of the cyclic prefix and the time length T SEQ of all symbols are increased relative to the existing format 0 and format 1.
- the present application provides a method for notifying a new format of a random access preamble, which specifically includes:
- the terminal device receives random access configuration information sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble.
- the network device notifies the terminal device of the random access preamble by using a system message, such as SIB2. Enter configuration information.
- the network device may randomize the radio, the Radio Resource Control (RRC) dedicated signaling, the Media Access Control (MAC) control element, or the Downlink Control Information (DCI).
- RRC Radio Resource Control
- MAC Media Access Control
- DCI Downlink Control Information
- the access configuration information is sent to the terminal device, and the random access configuration information is sent to the terminal device in other manners, which is not limited herein.
- the random access configuration information includes a random access preamble format index or CP length, a random access resource period, a starting subcarrier frequency domain location, a number of subcarriers allocated for random access, a random access repetition number, and a random number.
- the random access preamble format index or the CP length is used to indicate the format of the random access preamble.
- the random access configuration information may include at least one parameter of the following parameters: a random access channel format, a subcarrier spacing, a length of a basic time unit T hop , and a random access channel.
- a random access channel format a random access channel format
- a subcarrier spacing a length of a basic time unit T hop
- a random access channel a random access channel. The total length of time or the number of basic time units T hop .
- the random access channel format is used to indicate whether the terminal device sends a random access signal by using a single carrier-based hopping interval or a multi-carrier based hopping interval.
- the length of the basic time unit T hop is used to indicate the specific duration of a time unit.
- the parameter is related to the basic parameters of the random access channel, which is not limited herein.
- the total length of the random access channel or the number of basic time units T hop is used to indicate how long or how many time units the terminal device needs to transmit, and the parameter is related to the basic parameters of the random access channel. , specifically here is not limited.
- the NB-IoT system supports a narrower subcarrier bandwidth and covers a larger cell radius.
- the frequency hopping interval between the symbol groups of the random access preamble in the new format and the number of subcarriers limited during the hopping change.
- the hopping interval is an integer multiple of the carrier.
- the hopping interval that can be used is increased, and the hopping limit of the symbol group is increased from 12 subcarriers to 36 subcarriers.
- the frequency hopping pattern between the symbol groups needs to be updated based on the increase of the number of subcarriers of the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping restriction.
- the new format random access preamble can transmit more symbol groups in a repetition time, that is, a new format random access preamble, which can Includes at least 4 symbol groups.
- the method for transmitting the random access preamble may be that each symbol group is sent by using a single carrier, or each symbol group is sent by using multiple carriers.
- the present application provides three frequency hopping schemes: Frequency hopping scheme of random access preamble of carrier; frequency hopping scheme of random access preamble based on multi-carrier; frequency hopping scheme of random access preamble based on single carrier and multi-carrier coexistence.
- the present application provides different methods for transmitting random access preambles. The method for transmitting the random access preamble provided by the present application is described in detail below in combination with each frequency hopping scheme:
- the random access preamble consists of L symbol groups, L is a positive integer greater than 4, and each symbol group consists of 1 CP and E symbols, where E is a positive integer, one symbol
- the duration is the reciprocal of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the format of each symbol group can be referred to Figure 5.
- the sequence carried on each symbol in the symbol group may be the same.
- the sequence carried on each symbol is a
- the symbol group A and the symbol group B are recorded, and the first symbol of the symbol group A and the sequence of the first symbol of the symbol group B may be the same, and the symbol group A
- the second symbol and the sequence carried on the second symbol of the symbol group B may be the same...
- the Eth symbol of the symbol group A and the sequence carried by the Eth symbol of the symbol group B may be the same, such as the symbol group A and the symbol
- the first symbol of symbol group A and the sequence of symbol group B may be different, and the symbol group A
- the sequence of the second symbol and the second symbol of the symbol group B may be different.
- the E-th symbol of the symbol group A and the sequence carried by the E-th symbol of the symbol group B may be different, for example, each symbol group A
- the L symbol groups are divided into groups for every 4 symbol groups, including the following two methods:
- the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and each group includes 4 symbol groups, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
- the random access preamble is grouped into four groups of four symbol groups, and the groups are recorded in time series as group 1, group 2, ..., group N. Within each group, the symbol groups are recorded in chronological order as symbol group 1, symbol group 2, symbol group 3, and symbol group 4.
- the frequency points of symbol group 1, symbol group 2, symbol group 3, and symbol group 4 are f 1k , f 2k , f 3k , f 4k , and the frequency hopping interval between symbol group 1 and symbol group 2 is ⁇ 1k , the symbol The frequency hopping interval between group 2 and symbol group 3 is ⁇ 2k , the frequency hopping interval between symbol group 3 and symbol group 4 is ⁇ 3k , and the random access preamble subcarrier bandwidth is ⁇ f, where k represents the group index.
- the frequency hopping interval between the two groups is ⁇ g .
- ⁇ 1 indicates the frequency hopping interval between group 1 and group 2
- the relevant hopping intervals of group 1 and the frequency points of each symbol group are labeled in FIG.
- the frequency position of each symbol group of the random access preamble can be expressed as:
- the frequency of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- any one of the N groups is at least two, and any one of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the subcarrier bandwidth is 3.75/n KHz, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
- the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 KHz.
- ⁇ 1k , ⁇ 2k and ⁇ 3k are integer multiples of the subcarrier bandwidth ⁇ f.
- ⁇ 1k and ⁇ 3k are smaller than ⁇ 2k , and ⁇ 1k and ⁇ 3k ⁇ may be equal and may be unequal.
- ⁇ 1k ⁇ 3k and less than ⁇ 2k .
- At least one hopping interval between the symbol groups of one of the N groups is different from at least one hopping interval between the symbol groups of the other group of the N groups.
- At least two groups p and q between different groups satisfy ⁇ 1p ⁇ ⁇ 1q , ⁇ 2p ⁇ ⁇ 2q , ⁇ 3p ⁇ ⁇ 3q .
- f 1 (g+1) is the frequency point of the symbol group 1 of the latter group
- f 4g is the frequency point of the symbol group 4 of the previous group.
- the hopping interval between the groups of the N groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- Hopping interval between any two groups ⁇ g is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth ⁇ f, between different groups may be the same or may be different.
- each group is determined according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule.
- the frequency point information of the symbol group is determined by determining a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, and determining, according to the starting subcarrier a carrier index number, a symbol group index number of the first symbol group of the random access preamble, and a pseudo random sequence, determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group; determining according to the multiple index expressions a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each of the L symbol groups with respect to a previous symbol group; according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group and each symbol group relative to a previous symbol group The frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction determine the frequency point positions of the L symbol groups.
- the preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group, and the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to a previous symbol.
- pseudo-random frequency hopping is used between the two groups.
- the frequency point information of each symbol group of each group is determined according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule, and the frequency point information is determined by: a time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, determining a sub-carrier index number of the starting sub-carrier; a sub-carrier index number of the starting sub-carrier, and a symbol of the first symbol group of the current group a group index number and a pseudo-random sequence, determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group; determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, each symbol group of the current group relative to a front Frequency hopping interval and frequency hopping direction of a symbol group; Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group.
- the preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group, and the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to a previous symbol.
- the pseudo random sequence c may be an m sequence, an M sequence, a gold sequence, or the like.
- the initialization seed of the pseudo-random sequence c is a function of the cell identity or cell identity.
- the frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group is opposite to the hopping direction of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group;
- There are two hopping intervals the hopping interval of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group is equal to the hopping interval of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group;
- the hopping interval is smaller than the hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group.
- the hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group may be the same as the hopping direction of the third symbol group in the group with respect to the second symbol group, or may be different.
- the hopping direction of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group may be the same or different.
- the hopping direction of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group may be the same or different.
- the hopping interval of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group may be the same or different, and the hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group may be the same or different.
- the 4N symbol groups of the random access preamble may be continuous or discontinuous in time, as shown in FIG. 14.
- the different duplicate copies of the random access preamble may be consecutive in time, or may be For discontinuity, refer to Figure 16.
- the single-carrier frequency hopping method has a low Peak to Average Power Ratio (PAPR) PAPR, which helps improve the performance of the entire system and can support more user multiplexing at the same time.
- PAPR Peak to Average Power Ratio
- each random access preamble is divided into multiple groups, and each group includes four symbol groups, so that the frequency hopping pattern of each group includes a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction. It can inherit the characteristics of the prior art and help simplify the design.
- the format of the random access preamble including the time length of the cyclic prefix, and the time length of each symbol support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth
- the hopping interval may also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, for example, 1.25 kHz, can support a larger cell radius.
- the random access preamble consists of 8 symbol groups based on single carrier frequency hopping. 8 is two random access preambles (random access preamble #1 and random access preamble #2, indicating random access preambles transmitted by two different terminal devices at the same time, respectively represented by different padding
- #0 to #35 in Fig. 8 represent 36 subcarriers, and the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 kHz.
- Both the random access preamble #1 and the random access preamble #2 are composed of 8 symbol groups, and 8 symbol groups are regarded as 2 groups, and there are 4 symbol groups in each group.
- Four hopping intervals are preset, 1.25 kHz, 7.5 kHz, 3.75 kHz, 22.5 kHz.
- ⁇ 12 3.75 kHz
- each group includes two different hopping intervals; secondly, the frequency hopping direction between the first symbol group and the second symbol group in group 1 is The hopping direction between the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group is reversed; again, the hopping interval between the first symbol group and the second symbol group in group 1 is the same as the third symbol group and The hopping interval between the fourth symbol groups is the same.
- the hopping pattern shown in FIG. 8 has the advantage that the phase accumulation due to the frequency offset can be eliminated by differential accumulation, thereby improving the reliability of the ToA estimation.
- the hopping interval between group 1 and group 2 is equal to the hopping interval between the second symbol group and the third symbol group in group 1, and a similar effect can be achieved.
- the random access preamble #2 and the random access preamble #1 hopping pattern are mutually symmetric, and the frequency hopping interval between the eight symbol groups of the random access preamble #2, and random access
- the frequency hopping interval between the eight symbol groups of the preamble #1 is the same in time, but the frequency hopping direction of the first symbol group and the second symbol group in the group 1 of the random access preamble #2, and The first symbol group in the group 1 of the random access preamble #1 is opposite to the frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group; the third symbol group and the fourth group in the group 1 of the random access preamble #2
- the frequency hopping direction of the symbol group is opposite to the hopping direction of the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group in the group 1 of the random access preamble #1; the group 2 in the random access preamble #2
- the frequency hopping direction of one symbol group and the second symbol group is opposite to the hopping direction of the first symbol group and the second symbol group in group 2 of the random access preamble #1; the random access preamble
- the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, one of the N groups includes m symbol groups, m is a positive integer less than 4, and the other of the N groups Each group includes 4 symbol groups.
- the random access preamble is illustrated by 4(N-1)+2 symbol groups based on single carrier frequency hopping.
- N is a positive integer greater than 1, 4(N-1)+2
- the symbol groups are divided into N groups.
- Each symbol group consists of 1 CP and E symbols, where E is a positive integer and the duration of one symbol is the reciprocal of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- Each symbol group occupies only one subcarrier, and there is frequency hopping between the symbol groups.
- the 4 (N-1)+2 symbol groups of the random access preamble may be continuous or discontinuous in time.
- the different repeated copies of the random access preamble may be continuous or discontinuous in time.
- a frequency hopping pattern of a random access preamble composed of 4 (N-1) + 2 symbol groups will be introduced with some symbols.
- the random access preamble is grouped by four symbol groups, and the groups are recorded in time series as group 0, group 1, group 2, ..., group N.
- Group 0 represents two symbol groups.
- symbol groups are recorded in chronological order as symbol group 1, symbol group 2, symbol group 3, and symbol group 4.
- the frequency points of symbol group 1, symbol group 2, symbol group 3, and symbol group 4 are f 1k , f 2k , f 3k , f 4k , and the frequency hopping interval between symbol group 1 and symbol group 2 is ⁇ 1k , the symbol The frequency hopping interval between group 2 and symbol group 3 is ⁇ 2k , the frequency hopping interval between symbol group 3 and symbol group 4 is ⁇ 3k , and the random access preamble subcarrier bandwidth is ⁇ f, where k represents the group index.
- the frequency hopping interval between the two groups is ⁇ g .
- ⁇ 1 indicates the frequency hopping interval between group 1 and group 2
- the symbol groups are recorded as symbol group 1 and symbol group 2 in chronological order.
- the frequency of the symbol group 1, the symbol group 2 is f 10 , f 20
- the frequency hopping interval between the symbol group 1 and the symbol group 2 is ⁇ 10
- the frequency hopping interval between the group 0 and the group 1 is ⁇ 0 .
- the figure below is a schematic diagram.
- the relevant frequency hopping intervals of group 0 and group 1 and the frequency points of each symbol group are marked in Fig. 9.
- the frequency position of each symbol group of the random access preamble in this embodiment may be expressed as:
- the frequency of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- each symbol group For group 0, the frequency position of each symbol group can be expressed as:
- the frequency of symbol group 1 is f 10
- the frequency of the symbol group 1 is f 10
- the group other than the group 0 the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and any one of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the subcarrier bandwidth is 3.75/n KHz, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
- the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 KHz.
- ⁇ 10 , ⁇ 1k , ⁇ 2k and ⁇ 3k may be integer multiples of the subcarrier bandwidth ⁇ f.
- ⁇ 10 , ⁇ 1k and ⁇ 3k are smaller than ⁇ 2k
- ⁇ 10 , ⁇ 1k and ⁇ 3k may be equal and may be unequal.
- ⁇ 1k ⁇ 3k and less than ⁇ 2k
- At least one hopping interval between the symbol groups of one group and at least one hop between the symbol groups of the other group of the N groups The frequency interval is different.
- at least two groups p and q between different groups satisfy ⁇ 1p ⁇ ⁇ 1q , ⁇ 2p ⁇ ⁇ 2q , ⁇ 3p ⁇ ⁇ 3q .
- f 1 (g+1) is the frequency point of the symbol group 1 of the latter group
- f 4g is the frequency point of the symbol group 4 of the previous group.
- the hopping interval between the group 0 and the remaining N-1 groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the frequency point information is determined by determining a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, and determining, according to the starting subcarrier a carrier index number, a symbol group index number of the first symbol group of the random access preamble, and a pseudo random sequence, determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group; determining according to the multiple index expressions a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each of the L symbol groups with respect to a previous symbol group; according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group and each symbol group relative to a previous symbol group The frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction determine the frequency point positions of the L symbol groups.
- the preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group, and the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to a previous symbol.
- the hopping interval ⁇ g between any two groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth ⁇ f, and the different groups may be the same or different.
- pseudo-random frequency hopping is used between the two groups.
- the frequency point information of each symbol group of each group is determined according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule.
- the frequency point information is determined by determining a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, and according to the subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number and a pseudo random sequence of the first symbol group of the current group, determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group; determining according to the multiple index expressions a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group; a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and the current group A frequency point position of each symbol group of the current group is determined by a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group.
- the preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group, and the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to a previous symbol.
- the pseudo random sequence c may be an m sequence, an M sequence, a gold sequence, or the like.
- the initialization seed of the pseudo-random sequence c is a function of the cell identity or cell identity.
- Pseudo-random frequency hopping can also be used between group 0 and group 1.
- the frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group is opposite to the hopping direction of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group;
- There are two hopping intervals the hopping interval of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group is equal to the hopping interval of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group;
- the hopping interval is smaller than the hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group.
- the hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group may be the same as the hopping direction of the third symbol group in the group with respect to the second symbol group, or may be different.
- the hopping direction of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group may be the same or different.
- the hopping direction of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group may be the same or different.
- the hopping interval of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group may be the same, or Differently, the hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group may be the same or different.
- the 4N+2 symbol groups of the random access preamble may be continuous or discontinuous in time, as shown in FIG. 14.
- the different duplicate copies of the random access preamble may be consecutive in time, or may be For discontinuity, refer to Figure 16.
- the single-carrier frequency hopping method has a low Peak to Average Power Ratio (PAPR) PAPR, which helps improve the performance of the entire system and can support more user multiplexing at the same time.
- PAPR Peak to Average Power Ratio
- each random access preamble is divided into a plurality of groups, wherein one group includes less than 4 symbol groups, and each of the remaining groups includes 4 symbol groups, thus including 4 symbol groups.
- the frequency hopping pattern of the group including the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction, can inherit the characteristics of the prior art and help simplify the design.
- the format of the random access preamble including the time length of the cyclic prefix, and the time length of each symbol support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth
- the hopping interval may also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, for example, 1.25 kHz, can support a larger cell radius.
- the random access preamble consists of 6 symbol groups based on single carrier frequency hopping. 10 is two random access preambles (random access preamble #1 and random access preamble #2, indicating that random access preambles transmitted by two different terminal devices at the same time are respectively represented by different padding)
- #0 to #35 in Fig. 10 indicate 36 subcarriers
- the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 kHz.
- the remaining groups include at least two different frequency hopping intervals; secondly, except group 0, the first symbol group and the second group of the remaining groups.
- the frequency hopping direction between the symbol groups is opposite to the frequency hopping direction between the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group; again, except for group 0, the first symbol group and the second group of the remaining groups
- the hopping interval between symbol groups is the same as the hopping interval between the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group.
- the hopping patterns of the other groups can eliminate the phase influence due to frequency offset by differential accumulation, thereby improving the reliability of ToA estimation.
- the hopping interval between groups is equal to the hopping interval between the second symbol group and the third symbol group of the group, and a similar effect can be achieved.
- the random access preamble #2 and the random access preamble #1 hopping pattern are symmetric with each other, and the frequency hopping interval between the six symbol groups of the random access preamble #2, and random access
- the hopping interval between the six symbol groups of preamble #1 is the same in time, but the frequency hopping direction of the first symbol group and the second symbol group in group 0 of the random access preamble #2, and The first symbol group in group 0 of random access preamble #1 is opposite to the frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group; the first symbol group and the second one in group 1 of random access preamble #2
- the frequency hopping direction of the symbol group is opposite to the hopping direction of the first symbol group and the second symbol group in the group 1 of the random access preamble #1; the group 1 in the random access preamble #2
- the frequency hopping direction of the three symbol groups and the fourth symbol group is opposite to the hopping direction of the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group in the group 1 of the random access preamble #1.
- the method for transmitting a random access preamble is applied to the NB-IoT system, as shown in FIG. 6, the method for transmitting a random access preamble according to the foregoing two-carrier scheme. include:
- Step S101 The terminal device acquires random access configuration information sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is a format for indicating a random access preamble;
- Step S102 The terminal device determines, according to the random access configuration information and a preset rule, frequency point information of a random access preamble sent to the network device, where the frequency point information includes the L symbol groups. Corresponding frequency points;
- Step S103 The terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device according to the frequency point information according to the format.
- step S102 there are two schemes for determining the frequency point information of the random access preamble.
- the terminal device and the network device pass the protocol, and the two parties agree on the following preset rules:
- the preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of a current symbol group, and the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to a previous symbol group.
- the random access configuration information includes a time-frequency resource configuration parameter of a random access preamble, and the time-frequency resource configuration parameter includes at least a random access preamble format index or a CP length, a random access resource period, and a starting subcarrier frequency domain. Location, the number of subcarriers allocated for random access, the number of repetitions of random access, the start time of random access, the maximum number of retransmissions of random access preamble, and the RSRP threshold.
- step S102 specifically includes:
- the initialization seed of the pseudo random sequence is a function of a physical layer cell identifier or a physical layer cell identifier of the terminal device.
- the actual frequency domain position of the i-th symbol group as n start is the common starting frequency domain location of the terminal device in the cell, For the frequency point of the ith symbol group determined by the terminal device according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule, According to this expression, the actual frequency domain position of the i-th symbol group is determined according to the frequency point of the i-th symbol group determined by the terminal device and the common starting frequency domain position.
- n init is the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in
- the transmission limit for the random access preamble is limited to Within subcarriers. with a random access configuration parameter obtained by the terminal device from the network side, where Indicates the frequency domain location of the common starting subcarrier, Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access.
- the subcarrier bandwidth is configured to be 1.25 kHz, and the transmission of the random access preamble is limited.
- the frequency hopping range between the symbol groups is within 36 subcarriers as an example to illustrate the frequency of the ith symbol group determined by the terminal device according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule. Specific example.
- the random access preamble consists of 8 symbol groups based on single carrier frequency hopping.
- the random access preamble consists of 8 symbol groups, and the hopping interval between the symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the index expression of the first row is used to represent an index expression of the frequency point position of the first symbol group, and the frequency position of the first symbol group is based on the subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier.
- the symbol group index numbers i and f(i/8) of the first symbol group of the random access preamble are determined, wherein the value of f(i/8) is based on a function f of the pseudo-random sequence c(n) (t) OK.
- first line of the index expression is to the left of the equal sign Indicates the frequency position of the first symbol group, the index of the first line to the right of the equal sign The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier.
- n init for the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access included in the time-frequency resource configuration parameters.
- the index expression of the second row to the 9th row is an index expression of the frequency point of the i-th symbol group, and the index expression of the frequency point of the i-th symbol group represents the i-th symbol group with respect to the i-1th
- the first symbol group can be determined according to the hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the i-th symbol group with respect to the i-1th symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group after that.
- the pseudo-random sequence c(n) is a 31-long Gold sequence.
- x 1 (n+31) (x 1 (n+3)+x 1 (n)) mod2
- x 2 (n+31) (x 2 (n+3)+x 2 (n+2)+x 2 (n+1)+x 2 (n)) mod2
- the random access preamble can be repeatedly transmitted at time.
- the number of repetitions of the random access preamble is determined by the random access configuration parameters. Assume that the number of repetitions of the random access preamble is W, and W is a positive integer.
- the random access preambles that are repeatedly transmitted are sequentially recorded as repeat 0, repeat 1, ... repeat W-1.
- the foregoing multiple index expressions are used to calculate the frequency of the ith symbol group of the random access preamble transmitted when the configured repetition number is 1.
- the above multiple index expressions are also applicable to calculating the frequency of the ith symbol group of the random access preamble whose number of repetitions is greater than one.
- the random access preamble consists of 6 symbol groups based on single carrier frequency hopping.
- the random access preamble consists of 6 symbol groups, and the hopping interval between the symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the index expression of the first row is used to represent an index expression of the frequency point position of the first symbol group, and the frequency position of the first symbol group is based on the subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier.
- the symbol group index numbers i and f(i/6) of the first symbol group of the random access preamble are determined, wherein the value of f(i/6) is based on a function f of the pseudo-random sequence c(n) (t) OK.
- first line of the index expression is to the left of the equal sign Indicates the frequency position of the first symbol group, the index of the first line to the right of the equal sign The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier.
- n init for the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access included in the time-frequency resource configuration parameters.
- the index expression of the second row to the seventh row is an index expression of the frequency point of the i-th symbol group, and the index expression of the frequency point of the i-th symbol group represents the i-th symbol group with respect to the i-1th
- the first symbol group can be determined according to the hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the i-th symbol group with respect to the i-1th symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group after that.
- the pseudo-random sequence c(n) is a 31-long Gold sequence.
- x 1 (n+31) (x 1 (n+3)+x 1 (n)) mod2
- x 2 (n+31) (x 2 (n+3)+x 2 (n+2)+x 2 (n+1)+x 2 (n)) mod2
- the random access preamble can be sent repeatedly at the time.
- the number of repetitions of the random access preamble is determined by the random access configuration parameters. Assume that the number of repetitions of the random access preamble is W, and W is a positive integer.
- the random access preambles that are repeatedly transmitted are sequentially recorded as repeat 0, repeat 1, ... repeat W-1.
- the foregoing multiple index expressions are used to calculate the frequency of the ith symbol group of the random access preamble with the number of repetitions of 1 transmitted.
- a pseudo-random frequency hopping based on the frequency hopping interval between groups, and the hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the pseudo-random frequency hopping is used for the hopping interval between the groups, and the hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the sub-carrier bandwidth.
- the terminal device and the network device pass the protocol, and the two parties agree on the following presets. rule:
- the preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of a current symbol group in a current group; the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to The indexing relationship between the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the previous symbol group, the frequency point position of the previous symbol group, and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
- the random access configuration information includes a time-frequency resource configuration parameter of a random access preamble, and the time-frequency resource configuration parameter includes at least a random access preamble format index or a CP length, a random access resource period, and a starting subcarrier frequency domain. Location, the number of subcarriers allocated for random access, the number of repetitions of random access, the start time of random access, the maximum number of retransmissions of random access preamble, and the RSRP threshold.
- the step S102 specifically includes:
- Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group.
- the initialization seed of the pseudo random sequence is a function of a physical layer cell identifier or a physical layer cell identifier of the terminal device.
- the actual frequency domain position of the i-th symbol group as n start is the common starting frequency domain location of the terminal device in the cell, For the frequency point of the ith symbol group determined by the terminal device according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule, According to this expression, the actual frequency domain position of the i-th symbol group is determined according to the frequency point of the i-th symbol group determined by the terminal device and the common starting frequency domain position.
- n init is the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in
- the transmission limit for the random access preamble is limited to Within subcarriers. with a random access configuration parameter obtained by the terminal device from the network side, where Indicates the frequency domain location of the common starting subcarrier, Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access.
- the subcarrier bandwidth is configured to be 1.25 kHz, and the transmission of the random access preamble is limited.
- the frequency hopping range between the symbol groups is within 36 subcarriers as an example to illustrate the frequency of the ith symbol group determined by the terminal device according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule. Specific example.
- the random access preamble consists of 8 symbol groups based on single carrier frequency hopping.
- the random access preamble consists of 8 symbol groups.
- the frequency hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, and the frequency hopping interval between the groups adopts pseudo random frequency hopping.
- the index expression of the first row is used to represent an index expression of the frequency point position of the first symbol group in the current group, and the frequency position of the first symbol group in the group is based on the subcarrier of the starting subcarrier.
- the index number The symbol group index numbers i and f(i/4) of the first symbol group in the current group of the transmitted random access preamble are determined, wherein the value of f(i/4) is based on the pseudo-random sequence c ( The function f(t) of n) is determined.
- first line of the index expression is to the left of the equal sign Indicates the frequency position of the first symbol group in the current group, the index of the first line to the right of the equal sign The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier within the current group.
- the subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier in the current group is satisfied.
- n init for the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access included in the time-frequency resource configuration parameters.
- the index expressions of the second row to the ninth row are index expressions of the frequency points of the i-th symbol group in the current group, and the index expression of the frequency points of the i-th symbol group indicates the number in the current group.
- the frequency hopping interval and frequency hopping direction of the i symbol group relative to the i-1th symbol group in the current group, the frequency point position of the i-1th symbol group in the current group, and the current group group The index relationship between the symbol group index numbers of the i-th symbol group. According to the index expressions of the second row to the ninth row, the hop interval and the hopping direction of the i-th symbol group in the current group with respect to the i-1th symbol group in the current group can be determined.
- the frequency position of each symbol group after the first symbol group in the current group can be determined.
- the pseudo-random sequence c(n) is a 31-long Gold sequence.
- x 1 (n+31) (x 1 (n+3)+x 1 (n)) mod2
- x 2 (n+31) (x 2 (n+3)+x 2 (n+2)+x 2 (n+1)+x 2 (n)) mod2
- the random access preamble can be sent repeatedly at the time.
- the number of repetitions of the random access preamble is determined by the random access configuration parameters. Assume that the number of repetitions of the random access preamble is W, and W is a positive integer.
- the random access preambles that are repeatedly transmitted are sequentially recorded as repeat 0, repeat 1, ... repeat W-1.
- the multiple index expressions are used to calculate the frequency of the i-th symbol group in the current group of the random access preamble whose repetition number is configured to 1.
- the above multiple index expressions are also applicable to calculating the frequency of the i-th symbol group in the current group of the random access preamble whose number of repetitions is greater than or equal to 1. For example, when the number of repetitions is configured to be 2, when determining the frequency position of the first symbol group in the current group of the repeat 0, the first expression in the first group of 0 is repeated for the index expression of the first line.
- the random access preamble consists of 6 symbol groups based on single carrier frequency hopping.
- the random access preamble is composed of 6 symbol groups, and the frequency hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, and the frequency hopping interval between the groups adopts pseudo random frequency hopping.
- the index expression of the first line is used to represent the index expression of the frequency point position of the first symbol group in the first group, and the frequency position of the first symbol group in the first group is based on the start Subcarrier index number of subcarrier
- the symbol group index numbers i and f(2*i/6) of the first symbol group in the current group of the transmitted random access preamble are determined, wherein the value of f(2*i/6) is based on the pseudo
- the function f(t) of the random sequence c(n) is determined.
- first line of the index expression is to the left of the equal sign Indicates the frequency position of the first symbol group in the current group, the index of the first line to the right of the equal sign The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier within the current group.
- the subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier in the current group is satisfied.
- n init for the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access included in the time-frequency resource configuration parameters.
- the index expression of the second row is used to represent the index expression of the frequency point position of the first symbol group in the second group, and the frequency position of the first symbol group in the second group is based on the start Subcarrier index number of subcarrier
- the subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier in the current group is satisfied.
- n init for the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access included in the time-frequency resource configuration parameters.
- the index expression of the third row to the sixth row is an index expression of the frequency point of the i-th symbol group in the current group, and the index expression of the frequency point of the i-th symbol group indicates the current group
- the frequency hopping interval and frequency hopping direction of the i-th symbol group relative to the i-1th symbol group in the current group, and the frequency point position of the i-1th symbol group in the current group, within the current group The index relationship between the symbol group index numbers of the i-th symbol group.
- the hop interval and the hopping direction of the i-th symbol group in the current group with respect to the i-1th symbol group in the current group may be determined.
- the frequency position of each symbol group after the first symbol group in the current group can be determined.
- the pseudo-random sequence c(n) is a 31-long Gold sequence.
- x 1 (n+31) (x 1 (n+3)+x 1 (n)) mod2
- x 2 (n+31) (x 2 (n+3)+x 2 (n+2)+x 2 (n+1)+x 2 (n)) mod2
- the random access preamble can be sent repeatedly at the time.
- the number of repetitions of the random access preamble is determined by the random access configuration parameters. Assume that the number of repetitions of the random access preamble is W, and W is a positive integer.
- the random access preambles that are repeatedly transmitted are sequentially recorded as repeat 0, repeat 1, ... repeat W-1.
- the multiple index expressions are used to calculate the frequency of the i-th symbol group in the current group of the random access preamble when the number of repetitions is configured to 1.
- the above multiple index expressions are also applicable to calculating the frequency of the i-th symbol group in the current group of the random access preamble whose transmission repetition number is greater than one. For example, if the number of repetitions is set to 2, when determining the frequency position of the first symbol group in the first group of the repetition 0, the symbol group index number of the first symbol group in the first group of 0 is repeated.
- the present application provides a method for sending a random access preamble, which is applied to a network device side, and specifically includes:
- the network device sends random access configuration information to the terminal device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
- the network device receives a random access preamble sent by the terminal device, where the random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the determined frequency point information according to the format, and the random access preamble is composed of L
- the symbol group is composed, L is a positive integer greater than 4, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two of the symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups is transmitted by one subcarrier frequency, and the frequency point information includes the L
- Each of the symbol groups corresponds to a frequency point, and the frequency point information is determined according to the random access configuration information and a preset rule.
- the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, each group includes 4 symbol groups, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2; one of the N groups At least one hopping interval between the symbol groups is different from at least one hopping interval between the symbol groups of the other of the N groups.
- the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and one of the N groups includes m symbol groups, and m is a positive integer less than 4, in the N groups. All other groups include 4 symbol groups.
- the preset rule used to determine the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current symbol group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups.
- An index expression of a frequency point position the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and a frequency point position of the previous symbol group The index relationship between the symbol group index numbers of the current symbol group.
- the frequency point information is determined by:
- the preset rule used to determine the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups.
- An index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group; the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and the previous symbol group The index position between the frequency point location and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
- the frequency point information is determined by:
- Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group.
- the initialization seed of the pseudo random sequence is a function of a physical layer cell identifier or a physical layer cell identifier of the terminal device.
- the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and Any of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the frequency hopping interval between the groups of the N groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth.
- the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 KHz.
- any group of the N groups including 4 symbol groups including 4 symbol groups:
- the frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group is opposite to the frequency hopping direction of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group;
- the frequency spacing is equal; and the frequency hopping interval is smaller than a hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group.
- the random access preamble is composed of four symbol groups, and the single-carrier frequency hopping mode is adopted, and the hopping interval may be smaller than the sub-carrier bandwidth.
- the subcarrier bandwidth is 3.75 kHz
- the four symbol groups are chronologically recorded as symbol group 1, symbol group 2, symbol group 3, symbol group 4, symbol group 1 and symbol group 2 with a frequency hopping interval of 1.25 kHz
- symbol group 2 and symbol group 3 have a frequency hopping interval of 22.5 kHz
- symbol group 3 and symbol group 4 have a frequency hopping interval of 1.25 kHz.
- the frequency hopping direction of symbol group 1 and symbol group 2 is opposite to the frequency hopping direction of symbol group 3 and symbol group 4.
- the specific content of the single-carrier scheme applied to the network device side can be mutually referenced with the single-carrier scheme applied to the terminal device side, and is not described here.
- the random access preamble is composed of 4 symbol groups, each symbol group is composed of 1 CP and E symbols, where E is a positive integer, and the duration of one symbol is a subcarrier bandwidth.
- the format of each symbol group can be referred to Figure 5.
- two or more subcarriers occupied by each symbol group may be continuous or discontinuous, as shown in FIG.
- the two subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points, or at least two of the two or more subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points.
- the four symbol groups of the random access preamble may be continuous or discontinuous in time, as shown in FIG.
- the different repeated copies of the random access preamble may be continuous or discontinuous in time, see FIG.
- the relative positions of the two or more subcarrier frequency points distributed in the frequency domain direction are the same and remain unchanged during the frequency hopping process. If the relative positions of multiple subcarriers in a symbol group remain unchanged during frequency hopping, as long as the frequency position of one subcarrier in the symbol group is determined, the frequency position of other subcarriers may be offset according to the relative position. .
- the hopping interval between each two adjacent symbol groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth, and the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 kHz.
- symbol groups are recorded in chronological order as symbol group 1, symbol group 2, symbol group 3, and symbol group 4.
- the number of subcarriers in a symbol group is N, and N is a positive integer greater than 2. At least two subcarriers in the multicarrier are adjacent subcarriers.
- the frequency points of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 1, symbol group 2, symbol group 3, and symbol group 4, the frequency points are f 1k , f 2k , f 3k , f 4k , the kth subcarrier and symbol group in symbol group 1
- the frequency hopping interval between the kth subcarriers in 2 is ⁇ 1k
- the frequency hopping interval between the kth subcarrier in symbol group 2 and the kth subcarrier in symbol group 3 is ⁇ 2k
- the frequency hopping interval between the kth subcarrier in the carrier and symbol group 4 is ⁇ 3k
- the multicarriers are labeled as low, high, as 1, 2, 3.
- the frequency hopping of subcarrier 1 is labeled in FIG.
- the frequency position of each symbol group of the random access preamble can be expressed as:
- the frequency of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 3 f 3k f 2k + ⁇ 2k
- the frequency of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 3 f 3k f 2k + ⁇ 2k
- the frequency of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 3 f 3k f 2k - ⁇ 2k
- the frequency of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 3 f 3k f 2k - ⁇ 2k
- the frequency of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 3 f 3k f 2k + ⁇ 2k
- the frequency of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 3 f 3k f 2k + ⁇ 2k
- the frequency of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 3 f 3k f 2k - ⁇ 2k
- the frequency of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 1 is f 1k
- the frequency of the kth subcarrier of symbol group 3 f 3k f 2k - ⁇ 2k
- the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and any one of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth.
- the subcarrier bandwidth is 3.75/n KHz, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
- the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 KHz.
- ⁇ 1k , ⁇ 2k and ⁇ 3k are integer multiples of the subcarrier bandwidth ⁇ f.
- ⁇ 1k and ⁇ 3k are smaller than ⁇ 2k , and ⁇ 1k and ⁇ 3k ⁇ may be equal and may be unequal.
- ⁇ 1k ⁇ 3k .
- ⁇ 1k ⁇ 3k and less than ⁇ 2k .
- the frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group is opposite to the frequency hopping direction of the fourth symbol group with respect to the third symbol group; wherein, the second The frequency hopping direction of the symbol group with respect to the first symbol group may be the same as or different from the frequency hopping direction of the third symbol group with respect to the second symbol group.
- the base sequence carried on the N sub-carriers in each symbol group should preferably have a smaller PAPR sequence.
- Each symbol in each subcarrier carries the same sequence, which may be the same or different.
- the sequence carried on each subcarrier in the symbol group may be the same.
- the sequence carried on each subcarrier is a
- the symbols on the first subcarrier of symbol group A and the symbols on the first subcarrier of symbol group B may be the same.
- the symbol on the second subcarrier of symbol group A and the symbol on the second subcarrier of symbol group B may be the same... the symbol on the Eth subcarrier of symbol group A and the Eth subcarrier of symbol group B
- the sequence carried on the symbol on the symbol may be the same.
- the sequence carried by the symbol on each subcarrier on the symbol group A and the symbol group B is a
- a may be a real number, such as 1 or -1
- a may also be a complex number.
- j or -j, where j represents an imaginary unit and satisfies j 2 -1.
- the symbols on the first subcarrier of symbol group A and the sequences carried on the symbols on the first subcarrier of symbol group B may be Different, the symbol on the second subcarrier of symbol group A and the sequence on the symbol on the second subcarrier of symbol group B may be different... the symbol on the Eth subcarrier of symbol group A and the Eth of symbol group B
- the sequence carried on the symbols on the subcarriers may be different.
- the sequence carried by the symbols on each subcarrier in the symbol group A is a
- a may be a real number, such as 1 or -1
- the sequence carried on each subcarrier within a symbol group can be different.
- the sequence carried on three subcarriers in each symbol group may be a NB-IoT3-tone Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) sequence.
- DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
- the set of values of ⁇ is ⁇ 0, 2 ⁇ /3, 4 ⁇ /3 ⁇ .
- ⁇ can be notified by system message, RRC signaling, MAC Control Element (CE), or by Downlink Control Information (DCI).
- system message RRC signaling, MAC Control Element (CE), or by Downlink Control Information (DCI).
- CE MAC Control Element
- DCI Downlink Control Information
- a multi-carrier frequency hopping manner may be adopted for a terminal device with a good coverage level.
- the format of the random access preamble includes the length of the cyclic prefix, and the symbol of each symbol.
- the length of time supports a narrower subcarrier bandwidth
- the hopping interval can also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, which can support a larger cell radius.
- the frequency hopping direction between the first symbol group and the second symbol group is opposite to the frequency hopping direction between the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group; the first symbol group and the second symbol group
- the hopping interval between the symbol groups is the same as the hopping interval between the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group, so that the phase addition due to the frequency offset can be eliminated by differential accumulation, thereby improving ToA estimates the reliability.
- the pattern of the frequency hopping of each subcarrier is the same as the existing frequency hopping pattern, and the characteristics of the existing frequency hopping pattern can be inherited.
- the multi-carrier together frequency hopping scheme is designed to facilitate the utilization of existing resource configurations and save signaling overhead.
- the present application provides a method for transmitting a random access preamble according to a multi-carrier scheme, where the random access preamble transmission method is applied to a NB-IoT system, and is applied to a terminal device, where the method includes:
- the terminal device acquires random access configuration information sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
- the frequency point information includes corresponding to the L symbol groups respectively Frequency;
- the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device according to the frequency point information according to the format.
- the hopping interval between the four symbol groups is an integer multiple of the sub-carrier bandwidth.
- the preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of a current symbol group, and the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to a previous symbol group.
- the random access configuration information includes a time-frequency resource configuration parameter of a random access preamble, and the time-frequency resource configuration parameter includes at least a random access preamble format index or a CP length, a random access resource period, and a starting subcarrier frequency domain. Location, the number of subcarriers allocated for random access, the number of repetitions of random access, the start time of random access, random access The maximum number of retransmissions of the preamble, the RSRP threshold, and so on.
- the initialization seed of the pseudo random sequence is a function of a physical layer cell identifier or a physical layer cell identifier of the terminal device.
- n start is the common starting frequency domain location of the terminal device in the cell
- the actual frequency domain position of the kth subcarrier of the i th symbol group is determined according to the frequency point of the i th symbol group determined by the terminal device and the common starting frequency domain position.
- n init is the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in
- the transmission limit for the random access preamble is limited to Within subcarriers. with a random access configuration parameter obtained by the terminal device from the network side, where Indicates the frequency domain location of the common starting subcarrier, Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access.
- the following is a random access preamble consisting of four symbol groups based on multi-carrier frequency hopping.
- the hopping interval between symbol groups is an integer multiple of the sub-carrier bandwidth, and the sub-carrier bandwidth is configured to be 1.25 kHz, and the random access preamble is used.
- Transmission limit In the subcarriers the frequency hopping range between the symbol groups is within 36 subcarriers as an example to illustrate the frequency of the kth subcarrier of the ith symbol group determined by the terminal device according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule. Specific example.
- the frequency position of the kth subcarrier of the i-th symbol group Determined by the following multiple index expressions:
- the index expression of the first row is used to represent an index expression of the frequency position of the kth subcarrier of the first symbol group, and the frequency position of the kth subcarrier of the first symbol group is based on the starting subcarrier.
- Subcarrier index number The symbol group index numbers i and f(i/4) of the kth subcarrier of the first symbol group of the random access preamble are determined, wherein the value of f(i/4) is based on a pseudo random sequence c ( The function f(t) of n) is determined.
- first line of the index expression is to the left of the equal sign Indicates the frequency position of the kth subcarrier of the first symbol group, the index of the first line to the right of the equal sign The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier.
- n init for the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access included in the time-frequency resource configuration parameters.
- the frequency position of the kth subcarrier of the first symbol group is determined, according to the hop interval and the frequency hopping direction of the i th symbol group with respect to the i-1th symbol group, it can be determined.
- the pseudo-random sequence c(n) is a 31-long Gold sequence.
- x 1 (n+31) (x 1 (n+3)+x 1 (n)) mod2
- x 2 (n+31) (x 2 (n+3)+x 2 (n+2)+x 2 (n+1)+x 2 (n)) mod2
- the random access preamble can be sent repeatedly at the time.
- the number of repetitions of the random access preamble is determined by the random access configuration parameters. Assume that the number of repetitions of the random access preamble is W, and W is a positive integer.
- the random access preambles that are repeatedly transmitted are sequentially recorded as repeat 0, repeat 1, ... repeat W-1.
- the foregoing multiple index expressions are used to calculate the frequency of the kth subcarrier of the ith symbol group of the random access preamble whose transmission repetition number is configured to 0.
- the above multiple index expressions are also applicable to calculating the frequency of the kth subcarrier of the i th symbol group of the random access preamble whose transmission repetition number is greater than 1.
- the number of repetitions is configured to be 3.
- the present application further provides a method for transmitting a random access preamble applied on a network device side, Specifically include:
- the network device sends random access configuration information to the terminal device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
- the network device receives a random access preamble sent by the terminal device
- the random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the determined frequency point information, and the random access preamble is composed of 4 symbol groups, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two symbol groups, and each symbol group
- the frequency point information includes frequency points corresponding to the L symbol groups respectively; the frequency point information is determined according to the random access configuration information and a preset rule.
- the two subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points, or at least two of the two or more subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points.
- the relative positions of the two or more subcarrier frequency points distributed in the frequency domain direction are the same and remain unchanged during the frequency hopping process.
- the hopping interval between each adjacent two symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, and the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 kHz.
- the present application provides a random access preamble transmission method, which can select random access according to the conditions of the terminal device when both the single-carrier frequency hopping scheme and the multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme are supported.
- the preamble is transmitted according to a single carrier or a multi-carrier method, that is, the terminal device itself selects whether to transmit each of the symbol groups of the new format random access preamble through one subcarrier frequency, or through two or two
- the above subcarrier frequency points transmit each of the symbol groups of the new format random access preamble.
- the present application Based on the new format of the random access preamble and the single carrier scheme or the multi-carrier scheme for transmitting the random access preamble, the present application provides a method for transmitting a random access preamble, which is applied to the terminal device side, such as As shown in Figure 17, the specific includes:
- Step S201 The terminal device acquires random access configuration information that is sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble.
- the format of the multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme and the random access configuration parameter corresponding to the format may be notified in the system message.
- the format of the single carrier frequency hopping scheme is also notified, and the random access configuration parameters corresponding to the format are also reported.
- the random access configuration parameters of the two formats may include a random access preamble format index or a CP length, a random access resource period, a starting subcarrier frequency domain location, and a number of subcarriers allocated for random access.
- RSRP Reference Signal Received Power
- Step S202 the terminal device determines, according to the random access configuration information and the measured value of the received power of the reference signal, a sending manner of the random access preamble;
- the sending manner is to send each of the symbol groups by one subcarrier frequency point, or send each of the symbol groups by two or more subcarrier frequency points;
- the terminal device determines the coverage level according to the measured RSRP and the RSRP threshold obtained from the random access configuration parameter, for example, the user with good coverage condition selects the multi-carrier hopping.
- the random access preamble adopts the format of the multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme.
- the user with poor coverage condition selects the resource corresponding to the single carrier frequency hopping scheme, and the random access preamble adopts the format of the single carrier frequency hopping scheme.
- Step S203 Send a random access preamble to the network device according to the sending manner and the format.
- the terminal device determines, according to the measured value of the reference signal power and the reference signal received power threshold included in the random access configuration information, the coverage level of the terminal device; The coverage level determines the manner in which the random access preamble is transmitted.
- the step S203 includes: acquiring, according to the sending manner, a preset rule and random access configuration information corresponding to the sending manner; and determining, according to the preset rule and the random access configuration information, The frequency point information of the random access preamble sent by the network device; the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device according to the frequency point information according to the format.
- the terminal device After determining the transmission mode of the random access preamble, the terminal device determines, according to the preset rule and the random access configuration information, specific content of the frequency point information of the random access preamble sent to the network device, where the foregoing embodiment is used.
- the single carrier scheme or the multi-carrier scheme is not described here.
- the present application further provides a method for transmitting a random access preamble to be applied to a network device, which specifically includes:
- the network device sends random access configuration information to the terminal device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
- the network device receives a random access preamble sent by the terminal device
- the random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the random access configuration information and the measured value of the reference signal received power, and the random access preamble includes L symbol groups, where L is a positive integer greater than or equal to 4. There is frequency hopping between each adjacent two symbol groups.
- the random access configuration information includes a format of a multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme, and a random access configuration parameter corresponding to a format of the multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme, and includes a format of a single carrier frequency hopping scheme, and a single carrier frequency hopping scheme.
- the random access configuration parameters of the two formats may include a random access preamble format index or a CP length, a random access resource period, a starting subcarrier frequency domain location, and a number of subcarriers allocated for random access. The number of repetitions of random access, the start time of random access, the maximum number of retransmissions of random access preamble, and the RSRP threshold.
- the random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the measurement manner of the random access configuration information and the received power of the reference signal to determine the transmission mode of the random access preamble, and is sent according to the format and the sending manner;
- Each symbol group is transmitted at a carrier frequency or each symbol group is transmitted through two or more subcarrier frequencies.
- the sending mode is determined by the terminal device according to the measured value of the reference signal power and the reference signal receiving power threshold included in the random access configuration information, after determining the coverage level of the terminal device, according to the coverage level.
- the random access preamble is that the terminal device acquires a preset rule and random access configuration information corresponding to the sending mode according to the sending mode, and determines a random connection sent to the network device according to the preset rule and the random access configuration information. After the frequency information of the preamble is entered, the frequency point information is sent to the network device according to the format.
- the embodiment of the present application further provides a network device and a terminal device, and a random access preamble sending method applied in the network device and the terminal device, to adapt to the maximum cell radius of the NB-IoT is 100 km.
- Application scenario. The related method steps performed by the network device and the terminal device and the implementation in the foregoing method embodiments may be referred to each other, and the repeated description will not be repeated.
- a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 18, includes a processor 1001 and a transceiver 1004, where:
- the transceiver 1004 is configured to support communication between the terminal device and the network device, and send the random connection to the network device. Information or instructions involved in the preamble transmission method.
- the processor 1001 is configured to support the terminal device to perform a corresponding function in the random access preamble transmission method described above.
- a memory 1002 and a communication interface 1003 are further included; wherein the processor 1001, the memory 1002, the communication interface 1003, and the transceiver 1004 are connected to each other through a bus 1005.
- the memory is for coupling with a processor that stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal device.
- the processor 1001 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), or a combination of a CPU and an NP.
- the processor may further include a hardware chip.
- the hardware chip may be an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a programmable logic device (PLD), or a combination thereof.
- the PLD may be a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a general array logic (GAL), or any combination thereof.
- the memory 1002 includes a volatile memory such as a random-access memory (RAM); the memory may also include a non-volatile memory such as a flash memory.
- RAM random-access memory
- the memory may also include a non-volatile memory such as a flash memory.
- a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD); the memory may also include a combination of the above types of memories.
- the communication interface 1003 can be a wired communication access port, a wireless communication interface, or a combination thereof, wherein the wired communication interface can be, for example, an Ethernet interface.
- the Ethernet interface can be an optical interface, an electrical interface, or a combination thereof.
- the wireless communication interface can be a WLAN interface.
- the transceiver 1004 can be a wired transceiver, a wireless transceiver, or a combination thereof.
- the wired transceiver can be, for example, an Ethernet interface.
- the Ethernet interface can be an optical interface, an electrical interface, or a combination thereof.
- the wireless transceiver can be, for example, a wireless local area network communication interface, a cellular network communication interface, or a combination thereof.
- the bus 1005 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus.
- PCI peripheral component interconnect
- EISA extended industry standard architecture
- the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in the figure, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
- Bus 1005 can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by various circuits of one or more processors 1001 represented by the processor and memory represented by memory 1002.
- the bus can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, and will not be further described in this application.
- Transceiver 1004 provides means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
- the processor 1001 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1002 can store data used by the processor 1001 in performing operations.
- the processor 1001 is configured to: acquire random access configuration information sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble; according to the random access The configuration information and the preset rule determine the frequency point information of the random access preamble sent to the network device; according to the frequency point information, send the random access preamble to the network device by using the transceiver 1004 according to the format code;
- the random access preamble is composed of L symbol groups, L is a positive integer greater than 4, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two of the symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups passes a subcarrier frequency.
- the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, each group includes 4 symbol groups, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2; one of the N groups At least one frequency hopping interval between the symbol groups, At least one hopping interval between symbol groups of another of the N groups is different.
- the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and one of the N groups includes m symbol groups, and m is a positive integer less than 4, in the N groups. All other groups include 4 symbol groups.
- the preset rule for determining the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current symbol group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups.
- An index expression of a frequency point position the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and a frequency point position of the previous symbol group The index relationship between the symbol group index numbers of the current symbol group.
- the frequency point information is determined by:
- the preset rule for determining the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups.
- An index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group; the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and the previous symbol group The index position between the frequency point location and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
- the frequency point information is determined by:
- Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group.
- the initialization seed of the pseudo random sequence is a function of a physical layer cell identifier or a physical layer cell identifier of the terminal device.
- the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and Any of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the frequency hopping interval between the groups of the N groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth.
- the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 KHz.
- any group of the N groups including 4 symbol groups including 4 symbol groups:
- the frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group is opposite to the frequency hopping direction of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group;
- the frequency spacing is equal; and the frequency hopping interval is smaller than a hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group.
- the processor 1001 is configured to: acquire random access configuration information sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble; according to the random access The configuration information and the preset rule determine the frequency point information of the random access preamble sent to the network device; according to the frequency point information, send the random access preamble to the network device by using the transceiver 1004 according to the format code;
- the random access preamble is composed of 4 symbol groups, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups is sent by two or more subcarrier frequency points.
- the frequency point information includes frequency points corresponding to the L symbol groups respectively.
- the two subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points, or at least two of the two or more subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points.
- the relative positions of the two or more subcarrier frequency points distributed in the frequency domain direction are the same and remain unchanged during the frequency hopping process.
- the hopping interval between each two adjacent symbol groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth, and the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 kHz.
- the processor 1001 is configured to: acquire random access configuration information sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
- the random access configuration information and the measured value of the received power of the reference signal are sent to the network device by using the transceiver 1004 according to the format, where the random access preamble includes L symbol groups, where L is A positive integer greater than or equal to 4, there is a frequency hopping between each adjacent two of the symbol groups.
- the processor 1001 is configured to: determine, according to the random access configuration information and the measured value of the received power of the reference signal, a sending manner of the random access preamble; the sending manner is to send by using a subcarrier frequency Each of the symbol groups, or each of the symbol groups is transmitted by two or more subcarrier frequency points; according to the transmission mode and the format, a random connection is sent to the network device through the transceiver 1004. Enter the preamble.
- the processor 1001 is configured to: determine a coverage level of the terminal device according to a measured value of the reference signal power and a reference signal received power threshold included in the random access configuration information; and determine the random according to the coverage level How to access the preamble.
- the processor 1001 is configured to: acquire, according to the sending manner, a preset rule and random access configuration information corresponding to the sending manner; and determine, according to the preset rule and the random access configuration information, The frequency point information of the random access preamble sent by the network device is sent; according to the frequency point information, the random access preamble is sent to the network device by using the transceiver 1004 according to the format.
- the terminal device includes a plurality of functional modules for performing the method steps related to the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment of the present application to adapt to the maximum cell radius of the NB-IoT being 100 km. Application scenario.
- the terminal device 2000 includes a receiving module 2001, a transmitting module 2002, and a processing module 2003. It should be noted that the operations performed by the receiving module 2001, the sending module 2002, and the processing module 2003 can be regarded as the operations of the terminal device 2000.
- the processing module 2003 in the terminal device 2000 can be used by the terminal device 2000.
- the processor implementation, the receiving module 2001, and the sending module 2002 can be implemented by a transceiver in the terminal device 2000.
- the processing module 2003 is configured to obtain random access configuration information that is sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble, and determine according to the random access configuration information and a preset rule. Frequency point information of a random access preamble transmitted to the network device;
- the sending module 2002 is configured to send a random access preamble to the network device according to the frequency point information determined by the processing module 2003 and the format;
- the random access preamble is composed of L symbol groups, L is a positive integer greater than 4, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two of the symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups passes a subcarrier frequency.
- the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, each group includes 4 symbol groups, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2; one of the N groups At least one hopping interval between the symbol groups is different from at least one hopping interval between the symbol groups of the other of the N groups.
- the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and one of the N groups includes m symbol groups, and m is a positive integer less than 4, in the N groups. All other groups include 4 symbol groups.
- the preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group, and the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to the front An index relationship between a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of a symbol group, a frequency point position of the previous symbol group, and a symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
- processing module 2003 determines the frequency point information by:
- the preset rule includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of a current symbol group in a current group; the index expression is used to indicate the current The index relationship between the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the symbol group relative to the previous symbol group, the frequency point position of the previous symbol group, and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
- processing module 2003 determines the frequency point information by:
- Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group.
- the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and any one of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the hopping interval between the groups of the N groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the present application provides a network device 3000.
- the network device 3000 includes a processor 3001 and a transceiver 3004, where:
- the transceiver 3004 is configured to support communication between the terminal device and the network device, and send the information or the instruction involved in the foregoing random access preamble sending method to the terminal device.
- the processor 3001 is configured to support the network device to perform a corresponding function in the random access preamble transmission method described above.
- a memory 3002 and a communication interface 3003 are further included; wherein the processor 3001, the memory 3002, the communication interface 3003, and the transceiver 3004 are connected to each other through a bus 3005.
- the memory is for coupling with a processor that holds program instructions and data necessary for the network device.
- the processor 3001 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), or a combination of a CPU and an NP.
- the processor may further include a hardware chip.
- the hardware chip may be an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a programmable logic device (PLD), or a combination thereof.
- the PLD may be a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a general array logic (GAL), or any combination thereof.
- the memory 3002 includes a volatile memory such as a random-access memory (RAM); the memory may also include a non-volatile memory such as a flash memory.
- RAM random-access memory
- the memory may also include a non-volatile memory such as a flash memory.
- a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD); the memory may also include a combination of the above types of memories.
- the communication interface 3003 can be a wired communication access port, a wireless communication interface, or a combination thereof, wherein the wired communication interface can be, for example, an Ethernet interface.
- the Ethernet interface can be an optical interface, an electrical interface, or a combination thereof.
- the wireless communication interface can be a WLAN interface.
- the transceiver 3004 can be a wired transceiver, a wireless transceiver, or a combination thereof.
- the wired transceiver can be, for example, an Ethernet interface.
- the Ethernet interface can be an optical interface, an electrical interface, or a combination thereof.
- the wireless transceiver can be, for example, a wireless local area network communication interface, a cellular network communication interface, or a combination thereof.
- the bus 3005 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus.
- PCI peripheral component interconnect
- EISA extended industry standard architecture
- the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in the figure, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
- Bus 3005 can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by various circuits of memory represented by one or more processors 3001 and memory 3002 represented by the processor.
- the bus can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, and will not be further described in this application.
- Transceiver 3004 provides means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
- the processor 3001 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 3002 can store data used by the processor 3001 in performing operations.
- the transceiver 3004 is configured to send random access configuration information to the terminal device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble, and receive a random access preamble sent by the terminal device, where The random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the determined frequency point information according to the format, where the random access preamble is composed of L symbol groups, and L is a positive integer greater than 4, and each adjacent two There is a frequency hopping between the symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups is sent by a sub-carrier frequency, where the frequency point information includes frequency points corresponding to the L symbol groups respectively, and the frequency point information is according to the The random access configuration information and the preset rule are determined.
- the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, each group includes 4 symbol groups, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2; one of the N groups At least one hopping interval between the symbol groups is different from at least one hopping interval between the symbol groups of the other of the N groups.
- the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and one of the N groups includes m symbol groups, and m is a positive integer less than 4, in the N groups. All other groups include 4 symbol groups.
- the preset rule used to determine the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current symbol group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups.
- An index expression of a frequency point position the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and a frequency point position of the previous symbol group The index relationship between the symbol group index numbers of the current symbol group.
- the frequency point information is determined by:
- the preset rule used to determine the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups.
- An index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group; the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and the previous symbol group The index position between the frequency point location and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
- the frequency point information is determined by:
- Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group.
- the initialization seed of the pseudo random sequence is a function of a physical layer cell identifier or a physical layer cell identifier of the terminal device.
- the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and Any of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the frequency hopping interval between the groups of the N groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth.
- the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 KHz.
- any group of the N groups including 4 symbol groups including 4 symbol groups:
- the frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group is opposite to the frequency hopping direction of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group;
- the frequency spacing is equal; and the frequency hopping interval is smaller than a hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group.
- the transceiver 3004 is configured to send random access configuration information to the terminal device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble, and receive a random access preamble sent by the terminal device, where The random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the determined frequency point information according to the format, and the random access preamble is composed of four symbol groups, and frequency hopping exists between each adjacent two symbol groups.
- Each of the symbol groups is transmitted by two or more subcarrier frequency points, where the frequency point information includes frequency points respectively corresponding to the L symbol groups; the frequency point information is according to the random access Configuration information and preset rules are determined.
- the two subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points, or at least two of the two or more subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points.
- the relative positions of the two or more subcarrier frequency points distributed in the frequency domain direction are the same and remain unchanged during the frequency hopping process.
- the hopping interval between each two adjacent symbol groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth, and the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 kHz.
- the transceiver 3004 is configured to send random access configuration information to the terminal device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble, and receive a random access preamble sent by the terminal device, where The random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the measured value of the random access configuration information and the reference signal received power, and the random access preamble includes L symbol groups, where L is greater than or A positive integer equal to 4, there is a frequency hopping between each adjacent two of the symbol groups.
- the random access configuration information includes a format of a multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme, and a random access configuration parameter corresponding to a format of the multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme, and includes a format of a single carrier frequency hopping scheme, and single carrier frequency hopping.
- the format of the scheme corresponds to the random access configuration parameter.
- the random access configuration parameters of the two formats may include a random access preamble format index or a CP length, a random access resource period, a starting subcarrier frequency domain location, and a number of subcarriers allocated for random access. The number of repetitions of random access, the start time of random access, the maximum number of retransmissions of random access preamble, and the RSRP threshold.
- the random access preamble is that after the terminal device determines the sending manner of the random access preamble according to the random access configuration information and the measured value of the received power of the reference signal, according to the format and the sending the way
- the sending manner is that each of the symbol groups is transmitted through one subcarrier frequency point, or each of the symbol groups is transmitted through two or more subcarrier frequency points.
- the sending manner is that the terminal device determines the coverage level of the terminal device according to the measured value of the reference signal power and the reference signal received power threshold included in the random access configuration information, according to the coverage The level is determined.
- the random access preamble is that the terminal device acquires a preset rule and random access configuration information corresponding to the sending mode according to the sending manner; and according to the preset rule and the random connection After the configuration information is determined, the frequency point information of the random access preamble sent to the network device is determined, and then sent to the network device according to the format according to the frequency point information.
- the network device includes multiple function modules for performing network device-related method steps in various embodiments involved in the present application to accommodate a maximum cell radius of NB-IoT of 100 km. Application scenario.
- the network device 4000 shown in FIG. 21 includes a receiving module 4001, a transmitting module 4002, and a processing module 4003.
- the operations performed by the receiving module 4001, the transmitting module 4002, and the processing module 4003 can all be considered as operations of the network device 4000.
- the processing module 4003 in the network device 4000 can be implemented by a processor of the network device 4000, and the receiving module 4001 and the transmitting module 4002 can be implemented by a transceiver in the network device 4000.
- the sending module 4002 is configured to send random access configuration information to the terminal device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
- the receiving module 4001 is configured to receive a random access preamble sent by the terminal device, where the random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the determined frequency point information according to the format, the random access preamble
- the code is composed of L symbol groups, L is a positive integer greater than 4, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two of the symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups is transmitted through a subcarrier frequency point, the frequency point information
- the frequency points corresponding to the L symbol groups are respectively included, and the frequency point information is determined according to the random access configuration information and a preset rule.
- the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, each group includes 4 symbol groups, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2; one of the N groups At least one hopping interval between the symbol groups is different from at least one hopping interval between the symbol groups of the other of the N groups.
- the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and one of the N groups includes m symbol groups, and m is a positive integer less than 4, in the N groups. All other groups include 4 symbol groups.
- the preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group, and the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to the front An index relationship between a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of a symbol group, a frequency point position of the previous symbol group, and a symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
- processing module 4003 determines the frequency point information by:
- the frequency point positions of the L symbol groups are determined.
- the preset rule includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of a current symbol group in a current group; the index expression is used to indicate the current The index relationship between the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the symbol group relative to the previous symbol group, the frequency point position of the previous symbol group, and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
- processing module 4003 determines the frequency point information by:
- Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group.
- the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and any one of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the hopping interval between the groups of the N groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
- the present application provides a computer readable storage medium having instructions stored therein that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the various embodiments and terminals involved in the present application Device related method steps.
- the present application provides a computer readable storage medium having instructions stored therein that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform various embodiments and networks involved in the present application Device related method steps.
- the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions that, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method steps associated with the terminal device in various embodiments of the present application.
- the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method steps associated with the network device in various embodiments of the present application.
- the steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application may directly embed the software executed by the hardware and the processing unit. Module, or a combination of the two.
- the software modules can be stored in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium in the art.
- the storage medium can be coupled to the processing unit such that the processing unit can read information from the storage medium and can write information to the storage medium.
- the storage medium can also be integrated into the processing unit.
- the processing unit and the storage medium may be configured in an ASIC, and the ASIC may be configured in the user terminal. Alternatively, the processing unit and the storage medium may also be configured in different components in the user terminal.
- the above-described functions described in the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination of the three. If implemented in software, these functions may be stored on a computer readable medium or transmitted as one or more instructions or code to a computer readable medium.
- Computer readable media includes computer storage media and communication media that facilitates the transfer of computer programs from one place to another.
- the storage medium can be any available media that any general purpose or special computer can access.
- Such computer-readable media can include, but is not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, disk storage or other magnetic storage device, or any other device or data structure that can be used for carrying or storing Other media that can be read by a general purpose or special computer, or a general or special processing unit.
- any connection can be appropriately defined as a computer readable medium, for example, if the software is from a website site, server or other remote source through a coaxial cable, fiber optic computer, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL) Or wirelessly transmitted in, for example, infrared, wireless, and microwave, is also included in the defined computer readable medium.
- DSL digital subscriber line
- the disks and discs include compact disks, laser disks, optical disks, DVDs, floppy disks, and Blu-ray disks. Disks typically replicate data magnetically, while disks typically optically replicate data with a laser. Combinations of the above may also be included in a computer readable medium.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种随机接入前导码发送方法及设备。The present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method and a device for transmitting a random access preamble.
物联网(IoT,Internet of things)是“物物相连的互联网”。它将互联网的用户端扩展到了任何物品与物品之间,进行信息交换和通信。典型的物联网应用包括可能的应用包括智能电网、智能农业、智能交通、智能家居以及环境检测等各个方面。由于物联网需要应用在多种场景中比如从室外到室内,从地上到地下,因而对物联网的设计提出了很多特殊的要求,例如无线网络信号很差的地方存在覆盖增强的需求,再例如大多数物联网应用需要支持大量低速率设备以及大规模部署低成本和低能耗设备等。Internet of Things (IoT) is the Internet of Things. It extends the client side of the Internet between any item and item for information exchange and communication. Typical IoT applications include possible applications including smart grid, smart agriculture, smart transportation, smart home, and environmental detection. Because the Internet of Things needs to be applied in a variety of scenarios, such as from the outdoors to the indoors, from the ground to the underground, there are many special requirements for the design of the Internet of Things. For example, where the wireless network signal is poor, there is a need for coverage enhancement. Most IoT applications need to support a large number of low-rate devices and large-scale deployment of low-cost and low-energy devices.
对于面向开阔区域的应用,比如智能农业,畜牧业监测,智能湖泊(如污染情况监测,水生生物监测等),需要物联网设备的覆盖等级需要满足更大的小区半径。For applications targeting open areas, such as smart agriculture, animal husbandry monitoring, smart lakes (eg pollution monitoring, aquatic biomonitoring, etc.), the coverage level of IoT devices needs to meet larger cell radii.
由于窄带物联网(Narrowband Internet of Things,NB-IoT)的上行链路采用单载波频分多址SC-FDMA技术,为了保证不同用户的上行数据能够同时到达基站侧以避免造成彼此之间的干扰,用户在发送上行数据之前需要先执行随机接入过程,即用户需要在随机接入信道上发送NB-IoT随机接入前导码。一个NB-IoT随机接入前导码由4个符号组组成,一个符号组占用一个子载波,一个符号组由循环前缀CP和5个符号组成,每个符号的时间长度为NB-IoT上行子载波带宽的倒数。NB-IoT支持的最大小区半径与保护时间GT有关,GT越大,覆盖的最大小区半径越大,而保护时间GT与循环前缀的时间长度TCP和5个符号的时间长度TSEQ有关。因此,NB-IoT支持的最大小区半径与NB-IoT随机接入前导码的格式和NB-IoT支持的子载波带宽有关。
Since the uplink of the Narrowband Internet of Things (NB-IoT) adopts single-carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) technology, in order to ensure that uplink data of different users can reach the base station side at the same time to avoid mutual interference. The user needs to perform a random access procedure before sending the uplink data, that is, the user needs to send the NB-IoT random access preamble on the random access channel. An NB-IoT random access preamble consists of 4 symbol groups. One symbol group occupies one subcarrier, and one symbol group consists of a cyclic prefix CP and 5 symbols. The length of each symbol is NB-IoT uplink subcarrier. The reciprocal of the bandwidth. The maximum cell radius supported by the NB-IoT is related to the guard time GT. The larger the GT, the larger the radius of the largest cell covered, and the guard time GT is related to the time length T CP of the cyclic prefix and the
现有NB-IoT中的上行频域资源中,一个NB-IoT载波的带宽是180kHz,一个子载波带宽是3.75kHz,NB-IoT随机接入前导码的格式包括格式0或格式1,格式0、格式1的循环前缀的时间长度TCP存在差异,格式0支持的最大小区半径为10km,格式1支持的最大小区半径为40km。Among the uplink frequency domain resources in the existing NB-IoT, the bandwidth of one NB-IoT carrier is 180 kHz, and the bandwidth of one subcarrier is 3.75 kHz. The format of the NB-IoT random access preamble includes
而在LTE中,随机接入前导码可支持的最大小区半径超过100km。对于物联网面向开阔区域的应用,为了和LTE对接,复用LTE站址,NB-IoT也需满足所支持的最大小区半径超过100km。但NB-IoT目前的随机接入前导码的格式还不支持这么大的小区半径。因此,需要对随机接入前导码的新格式、以及发送新格式的随机接入前导码的时频资源配置进行设计,来适应NB-IoT的最大小区半径超过100km。In LTE, the maximum cell radius that the random access preamble can support exceeds 100 km. For the application of the Internet of Things to open areas, in order to interface with LTE and multiplex the LTE site, NB-IoT also needs to meet the maximum cell radius supported by more than 100km. However, the current random access preamble format of NB-IoT does not support such a large cell radius. Therefore, the new format of the random access preamble and the time-frequency resource configuration of the random access preamble transmitting the new format need to be designed to adapt to the maximum cell radius of the NB-IoT exceeding 100 km.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种随机接入前导码发送方法及设备,用以适应NB-IoT的最大小区半径为100km的应用场景。The embodiment of the present application provides a method and a device for transmitting a random access preamble, which are used to adapt to an application scenario in which the maximum cell radius of the NB-IoT is 100 km.
一、单载波跳频方案First, single carrier frequency hopping scheme
第一方面,本申请提供一种随机接入前导码发送方法,包括: In a first aspect, the application provides a method for sending a random access preamble, including:
终端设备获取网络设备发送的随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;The terminal device acquires random access configuration information sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
所述终端设备根据所述随机接入配置信息和预设规则,确定向所述网络设备发送的随机接入前导码的频点信息;Determining, by the terminal device, frequency point information of a random access preamble sent to the network device according to the random access configuration information and a preset rule;
所述终端设备根据所述频点信息,按照所述格式向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导码;Sending, by the terminal device, a random access preamble to the network device according to the frequency point information according to the format;
其中,所述随机接入前导码由L个符号组组成,L为大于4的正整数,每相邻两个所述符号组之间存在跳频,每个所述符号组通过一个子载波频点发送,所述频点信息包括所述L个符号组分别对应的频点。The random access preamble is composed of L symbol groups, L is a positive integer greater than 4, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two of the symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups passes a subcarrier frequency. Point transmission, where the frequency point information includes frequency points corresponding to the L symbol groups respectively.
上述实施例中,随机接入前导码的符号组的单载波发送方式,峰值平均功率比PAPR低,有助于提升整个系统的性能,可以实现同时支持更多的用户复用。根据新格式以及新格式对应的随机接入配置信息确定发送新格式的随机接入前导码的频点信息,能够使终端设备适应NB-IoT系统支持更窄的子载波带宽以及覆盖更大的小区半径的应用场景。当新格式的随机接入前导码的循环前缀的时间长度和全部符号占的时间长度都有所增加时,随机接入前导码的保护时间有所增加,随机接入前导码的保护时间的增加,能够适应NB-IoT系统支持更窄的子载波带宽以及覆盖更大的小区半径,如超过100km。随机接入前导码包括的符号组数增加,能够传递更多的业务信息,有利于提升整个NB-IoT系统的业务能力。In the foregoing embodiment, the single-carrier transmission mode of the symbol group of the random access preamble has a lower peak average power than the PAPR, which helps to improve the performance of the entire system, and can simultaneously support more user multiplexing. The frequency information of the random access preamble transmitting the new format is determined according to the new format and the random access configuration information corresponding to the new format, so that the terminal device can adapt the NB-IoT system to support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth and cover a larger cell. The application scenario of the radius. When the length of the cyclic prefix of the random access preamble in the new format and the length of time of all symbols increase, the protection time of the random access preamble increases, and the protection time of the random access preamble increases. It can adapt to the NB-IoT system to support narrower subcarrier bandwidth and cover larger cell radius, such as more than 100km. The number of symbol groups included in the random access preamble is increased, which can transmit more service information, which is beneficial to improving the service capability of the entire NB-IoT system.
可选的,所述L个符号组由N个群组构成,每个群组包括4个符号组,其中N是大于或等于2的正整数;所述N个群组中的一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔,与所述N个群组中的另一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔不同。Optionally, the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, each group includes 4 symbol groups, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2; one of the N groups At least one hopping interval between the symbol groups is different from at least one hopping interval between the symbol groups of the other of the N groups.
上述实施例中,采用单载波跳频的方式,峰值平均功率比PAPR低,有助于提升整个系统的性能,可以实现同时支持更多的用户复用。将每个随机接入前导码划分为多个群组,每个群组包括4个符号组,这样每个群组的跳频图案,包括跳频间隔和跳频方向,就可以继承现有技术的特点,有利于简化设计。当随机接入前导码的格式,包括循环前缀的时间长度,以及每个符号的时间长度支持更窄的子载波带宽时,跳频间隔也可以为更窄的子载波带宽,例如1.25kHz,进而可以支持更大的小区半径,如超过100km。In the above embodiment, the single-carrier frequency hopping mode is adopted, and the peak average power is lower than the PAPR, which helps to improve the performance of the entire system, and can simultaneously support more user multiplexing. Dividing each random access preamble into multiple groups, each group including 4 symbol groups, so that the hopping pattern of each group, including the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction, can inherit the prior art The features are conducive to simplifying the design. When the format of the random access preamble, including the length of the cyclic prefix, and the length of each symbol support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, the hopping interval may also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, and further Can support larger cell radii, such as more than 100km.
可选的,所述L个符号组由N个群组构成,所述N个群组中的一个群组包括m个符号组,m为小于4的正整数,所述N个群组中的其他群组中都包括4个符号组。Optionally, the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and one of the N groups includes m symbol groups, and m is a positive integer less than 4, in the N groups. All other groups include 4 symbol groups.
上述实施例中,采用单载波跳频的方式,峰值平均功率比PAPR低,有助于提升整个系统的性能,可以实现同时支持更多的用户复用。将每个随机接入前导码划分为多个群组,其中一个群组包括少于4个符号组,其余每个群组包括4个符号组,这样包括4个符号组的群组的跳频图案,包括跳频间隔和跳频方向,就可以继承现有技术的特点,有利于简化设计。In the above embodiment, the single-carrier frequency hopping mode is adopted, and the peak average power is lower than the PAPR, which helps to improve the performance of the entire system, and can simultaneously support more user multiplexing. Dividing each random access preamble into a plurality of groups, wherein one group includes less than 4 symbol groups, and each of the remaining groups includes 4 symbol groups, such that frequency hopping of groups including 4 symbol groups Patterns, including frequency hopping intervals and frequency hopping directions, inherit the characteristics of the prior art and help simplify the design.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,用于确定所述频点信息的所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。这种预设规则和确定频点信息的方法,适用于基于所有符号组间的跳频间隔均为子载波带宽的整数倍的场景,与现有技术相比。每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔的选择空间大,能支持更多的终端设备接入。 Optionally, the preset rule for determining the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current symbol group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups. An index expression of a frequency point position, the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and a frequency point position of the previous symbol group The index relationship between the symbol group index numbers of the current symbol group. The preset rule and the method for determining the frequency point information are applicable to a scenario in which the hopping interval between all symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, compared with the prior art. Each symbol group has a large selection space with respect to the hopping interval of the previous symbol group, and can support more terminal device access.
进一步的,所述频点信息通过以下方式确定:Further, the frequency point information is determined by:
根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;Determining, according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the random access preamble, and a pseudo random sequence;
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述L个符号组中每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each of the L symbol groups with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述第一个符号组的频点位置和每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述L个符号组的频点位置。And determining a frequency point position of the L symbol groups according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group.
这种预设规则和确定频点信息的方法,适用于基于所有符号组间的跳频间隔均为子载波带宽的整数倍的场景,与现有技术相比。每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔的选择空间大,能支持更多的终端设备接入。并且随机接入前导码的格式中,除了群组内的符号组之间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍之外,如果群组间的跳频间隔也是子载波带宽的整数倍,当跳频间隔为更窄的子载波带宽时,例如1.25kHz,可以支持更大的小区半径,如超过100km。The preset rule and the method for determining the frequency point information are applicable to a scenario in which the hopping interval between all symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, compared with the prior art. Each symbol group has a large selection space with respect to the hopping interval of the previous symbol group, and can support more terminal device access. And in the format of the random access preamble, except that the hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, if the hopping interval between the groups is also an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, when When the hopping interval is a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, a larger cell radius can be supported, such as more than 100 km.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,用于确定所述频点信息的所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前群组内的当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式;所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。这种预设规则和确定频点信息的方法,适用于基于群组间的跳频间隔采用伪随机跳频、群组内的符号组间的跳频间隔均为子载波带宽的整数倍的方案,与现有技术相比。一个随机接入前导码的符号组之间(群组间)也可以采用伪随机序列确定,可根据伪随机序列动态调整每一个群组内的各个符号组的跳频间隔,降低小区间干扰,有利于增加系统容量,提升系统性能。Optionally, the preset rule for determining the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups. An index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group; the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and the previous symbol group The index position between the frequency point location and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group. The preset rule and the method for determining frequency point information are applicable to a scheme in which a pseudo-random frequency hopping is adopted based on a frequency hopping interval between groups, and a frequency hopping interval between symbol groups in a group is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth. Compared with the prior art. A symbol group of a random access preamble (between groups) may also be determined by using a pseudo-random sequence, and the hopping interval of each symbol group in each group may be dynamically adjusted according to the pseudo-random sequence to reduce inter-cell interference. Conducive to increase system capacity and improve system performance.
进一步的,所述频点信息通过以下方式确定:Further, the frequency point information is determined by:
根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;Determining, according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述当前群组的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency of the first symbol group of the current group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the current group, and a pseudo random sequence Point location
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置和所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述当前群组的各个符号组的频点位置。Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group.
这种预设规则和确定频点信息的方法,适用于基于群组间的跳频间隔采用伪随机跳频、群组内的符号组间的跳频间隔均为子载波带宽的整数倍的方案,与现有技术相比。一个随机接入前导码的符号组之间(群组间)也可以采用伪随机序列确定,可根据伪随机序列动态调整每一个群组内的各个符号组的跳频间隔,有利于降低小区间干扰,增加系统容量,提升系统性能。The preset rule and the method for determining frequency point information are applicable to a scheme in which a pseudo-random frequency hopping is adopted based on a frequency hopping interval between groups, and a frequency hopping interval between symbol groups in a group is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth. Compared with the prior art. A symbol group of a random access preamble (between groups) may also be determined by using a pseudo-random sequence, and the hopping interval of each symbol group in each group may be dynamically adjusted according to a pseudo-random sequence, which is advantageous for reducing inter-cell spacing. Interference, increase system capacity, and improve system performance.
可选的,所述伪随机序列的初始化种子为所述终端设备的物理层小区标识或物理层小区标识的函数。 Optionally, the initialization seed of the pseudo random sequence is a function of a physical layer cell identifier or a physical layer cell identifier of the terminal device.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,对于所述N个群组中包括4个符号组的任一群组:符号组间的跳频间隔至少为2个,且任一所述跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。上述实施例中,随机接入前导码的格式,包括循环前缀的时间长度,以及每个符号的时间长度支持更窄的子载波带宽,并且跳频间隔也可以为更窄的子载波带宽,例如1.25kHz,可以支持更大的小区半径,如超过100km。Optionally, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups, for any group that includes four symbol groups in the N groups: the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and Any of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth. In the foregoing embodiment, the format of the random access preamble, including the time length of the cyclic prefix, and the time length of each symbol support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, and the hopping interval may also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, for example, 1.25 kHz, can support a larger cell radius, such as more than 100km.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,所述N个群组的群组间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。随机接入前导码的格式中,除了群组内的符号组之间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍之外,如果群组间的跳频间隔也是子载波带宽的整数倍,当跳频间隔为更窄的子载波带宽时,例如1.25kHz,可以支持更大的小区半径。Optionally, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups, the frequency hopping interval between the groups of the N groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth. In the format of the random access preamble, except that the hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, if the hopping interval between the groups is also an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, when hopping When the frequency spacing is a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, a larger cell radius can be supported.
可选的,所述子载波带宽为1.25KHz。随机接入前导码的格式,包括循环前缀的时间长度,以及每个符号的时间长度支持更窄的子载波带宽,并且跳频间隔也可以为更窄的子载波带宽,例如1.25kHz,可以支持更大的小区半径,如超过100km。Optionally, the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 KHz. The format of the random access preamble, including the length of the cyclic prefix, and the length of each symbol support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, and the hopping interval can also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, which can support A larger cell radius, such as more than 100km.
可选的,基于上述两种划分群组的方式,对于所述N个群组中包括4个符号组的任一群组:Optionally, based on the foregoing two methods for grouping groups, for any group of the N groups including 4 symbol groups:
群组内第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频方向,与群组内的第四个符号组相对于第三个符号组的跳频方向相反;The frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group is opposite to the frequency hopping direction of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group;
群组内符号组间的跳频间隔有两个,第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频间隔,与群组内的第四个符号组相对于第三个符号组的跳频间隔相等;且所述跳频间隔小于第三符号组相对于第二符号组的跳频间隔。There are two hopping intervals between the symbol groups in the group, the hopping interval of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group, and the hopping of the fourth symbol group in the group relative to the third symbol group. The frequency spacing is equal; and the frequency hopping interval is smaller than a hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group.
上述实施例中,对于包括4个符号组的群组,第一个符号组和第二个符号组之间的跳频方向,与第三个符号组和第四个符号组之间的跳频方向相反;第一个符号组和第二个符号组之间的跳频间隔,与第三个符号组和第四个符号组之间的跳频间隔相同,这样通过差分累加的方式,可以消除由于频偏带来的相位影响,从而提升ToA估计的可靠性。In the above embodiment, for a group including 4 symbol groups, a frequency hopping direction between the first symbol group and the second symbol group, and a frequency hopping between the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group The direction is reversed; the hopping interval between the first symbol group and the second symbol group is the same as the hopping interval between the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group, so that the differential accumulation method can eliminate The reliability of the ToA estimation is improved due to the phase effect caused by the frequency offset.
第二方面,本申请提供一种随机接入前导码发送方法,包括:In a second aspect, the application provides a method for sending a random access preamble, including:
网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;The network device sends random access configuration information to the terminal device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的随机接入前导码,所述随机接入前导码是终端设备根据确定的频点信息按照所述格式发送的,所述随机接入前导码由L个符号组组成,L为大于4的正整数,每相邻两个所述符号组之间存在跳频,每个所述符号组通过一个子载波频点发送,所述频点信息包括所述L个符号组分别对应的频点,所述频点信息是根据所述随机接入配置信息和预设规则确定的。The network device receives a random access preamble sent by the terminal device, where the random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the determined frequency point information according to the format, and the random access preamble is composed of L The symbol group is composed, L is a positive integer greater than 4, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two of the symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups is transmitted by one subcarrier frequency, and the frequency point information includes the L Each of the symbol groups corresponds to a frequency point, and the frequency point information is determined according to the random access configuration information and a preset rule.
上述实施例中,随机接入前导码的符号组的单载波发送方式,峰值平均功率比PAPR低,有助于提升整个系统的性能,可以实现同时支持更多的用户复用。根据新格式以及新格式对应的随机接入配置信息确定发送新格式的随机接入前导码的频点信息,能够使终端设备适应NB-IoT系统支持更窄的子载波带宽以及覆盖更大的小区半径的应用场景。当新格式的随机接入前导码的循环前缀的时间长度和全部符号占的时间长度都有所增加时,随机接入前导码的保护时间有所增加,随机接入前导码的保护时间的增加,能够适应NB-IoT系统支持更窄的子载波带宽以及覆盖更大的小区半径,如超过100km。随机接入前导码包括的符号组数增加,能够传递更多的业务信息,有利于提升整个NB-IoT系统的业务能力。In the foregoing embodiment, the single-carrier transmission mode of the symbol group of the random access preamble has a lower peak average power than the PAPR, which helps to improve the performance of the entire system, and can simultaneously support more user multiplexing. The frequency information of the random access preamble transmitting the new format is determined according to the new format and the random access configuration information corresponding to the new format, so that the terminal device can adapt the NB-IoT system to support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth and cover a larger cell. The application scenario of the radius. When the length of the cyclic prefix of the random access preamble in the new format and the length of time of all symbols increase, the protection time of the random access preamble increases, and the protection time of the random access preamble increases. It can adapt to the NB-IoT system to support narrower subcarrier bandwidth and cover larger cell radius, such as more than 100km. The number of symbol groups included in the random access preamble is increased, which can transmit more service information, which is beneficial to improving the service capability of the entire NB-IoT system.
可选的,所述L个符号组由N个群组构成,每个群组包括4个符号组,其中N是大于 或等于2的正整数;所述N个群组中的一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔,与所述N个群组中的另一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔不同。上述实施例中,采用单载波跳频的方式,峰值平均功率比PAPR低,有助于提升整个系统的性能,可以实现同时支持更多的用户复用。将每个随机接入前导码划分为多个群组,每个群组包括4个符号组,这样每个群组的跳频图案,包括跳频间隔和跳频方向,就可以继承现有技术的特点,有利于简化设计。当随机接入前导码的格式,包括循环前缀的时间长度,以及每个符号的时间长度支持更窄的子载波带宽时,跳频间隔也可以为更窄的子载波带宽,例如1.25kHz,进而可以支持更大的小区半径,如超过100km。Optionally, the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and each group includes 4 symbol groups, where N is greater than Or a positive integer equal to 2; at least one hopping interval between symbol groups of one of the N groups, and at least one hop between the symbol groups of another group of the N groups The frequency interval is different. In the above embodiment, the single-carrier frequency hopping mode is adopted, and the peak average power is lower than the PAPR, which helps to improve the performance of the entire system, and can simultaneously support more user multiplexing. Dividing each random access preamble into multiple groups, each group including 4 symbol groups, so that the hopping pattern of each group, including the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction, can inherit the prior art The features are conducive to simplifying the design. When the format of the random access preamble, including the length of the cyclic prefix, and the length of each symbol support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, the hopping interval may also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, and further Can support larger cell radii, such as more than 100km.
可选的,所述L个符号组由N个群组构成,所述N个群组中的一个群组包括m个符号组,m为小于4的正整数,所述N个群组中的其他群组中都包括4个符号组。上述实施例中,采用单载波跳频的方式,峰值平均功率比PAPR低,有助于提升整个系统的性能,可以实现同时支持更多的用户复用。将每个随机接入前导码划分为多个群组,其中一个群组包括少于4个符号组,其余每个群组包括4个符号组,这样包括4个符号组的群组的跳频图案,包括跳频间隔和跳频方向,就可以继承现有技术的特点,有利于简化设计。Optionally, the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and one of the N groups includes m symbol groups, and m is a positive integer less than 4, in the N groups. All other groups include 4 symbol groups. In the above embodiment, the single-carrier frequency hopping mode is adopted, and the peak average power is lower than the PAPR, which helps to improve the performance of the entire system, and can simultaneously support more user multiplexing. Dividing each random access preamble into a plurality of groups, wherein one group includes less than 4 symbol groups, and each of the remaining groups includes 4 symbol groups, such that frequency hopping of groups including 4 symbol groups Patterns, including frequency hopping intervals and frequency hopping directions, inherit the characteristics of the prior art and help simplify the design.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,用来确定所述频点信息的所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。这种预设规则和确定频点信息的方法,适用于基于所有符号组间的跳频间隔均为子载波带宽的整数倍的场景,与现有技术相比。每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔的选择空间大,能支持更多的终端设备接入。Optionally, the preset rule used to determine the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current symbol group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups. An index expression of a frequency point position, the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and a frequency point position of the previous symbol group The index relationship between the symbol group index numbers of the current symbol group. The preset rule and the method for determining the frequency point information are applicable to a scenario in which the hopping interval between all symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, compared with the prior art. Each symbol group has a large selection space with respect to the hopping interval of the previous symbol group, and can support more terminal device access.
进一步的,所述频点信息通过以下方式确定:Further, the frequency point information is determined by:
根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;Determining, according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the random access preamble, and a pseudo random sequence;
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述L个符号组中每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each of the L symbol groups with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述第一个符号组的频点位置和每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述L个符号组的频点位置。这种预设规则和确定频点信息的方法,适用于基于所有符号组间的跳频间隔均为子载波带宽的整数倍的场景,与现有技术相比。每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔的选择空间大,能支持更多的终端设备接入。并且随机接入前导码的格式中,除了群组内的符号组之间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍之外,如果群组间的跳频间隔也是子载波带宽的整数倍,当跳频间隔为更窄的子载波带宽时,例如1.25kHz,可以支持更大的小区半径,如超过100km。And determining a frequency point position of the L symbol groups according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group. The preset rule and the method for determining the frequency point information are applicable to a scenario in which the hopping interval between all symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, compared with the prior art. Each symbol group has a large selection space with respect to the hopping interval of the previous symbol group, and can support more terminal device access. And in the format of the random access preamble, except that the hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, if the hopping interval between the groups is also an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, when When the hopping interval is a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, a larger cell radius can be supported, such as more than 100 km.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,用来确定所述频点信息的所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前群组内的当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式;所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。这种预设规则和确定频点信息的方法,适用于基于群组间的跳频间隔采用伪随机跳频、 群组内的符号组间的跳频间隔均为子载波带宽的整数倍的方案,与现有技术相比。一个随机接入前导码的符号组之间(群组间)也可以采用伪随机序列确定,可根据伪随机序列动态调整每一个群组内的各个符号组的跳频间隔,有利于降低小区间干扰,增加系统容量,提升系统性能。Optionally, the preset rule used to determine the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups. An index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group; the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and the previous symbol group The index position between the frequency point location and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group. The preset rule and the method for determining frequency point information are applicable to pseudo-random frequency hopping based on frequency hopping intervals between groups, The hopping interval between symbol groups in a group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, compared with the prior art. A symbol group of a random access preamble (between groups) may also be determined by using a pseudo-random sequence, and the hopping interval of each symbol group in each group may be dynamically adjusted according to a pseudo-random sequence, which is advantageous for reducing inter-cell spacing. Interference, increase system capacity, and improve system performance.
进一步的,所述频点信息通过以下方式确定:Further, the frequency point information is determined by:
根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;Determining, according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述当前群组的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency of the first symbol group of the current group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the current group, and a pseudo random sequence Point location
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置和所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述当前群组的各个符号组的频点位置。这种预设规则和确定频点信息的方法,适用于基于群组间的跳频间隔采用伪随机跳频、群组内的符号组间的跳频间隔均为子载波带宽的整数倍的方案,与现有技术相比。一个随机接入前导码的符号组之间(群组间)也可以采用伪随机序列确定,可根据伪随机序列动态调整每一个群组内的各个符号组的跳频间隔,有利于降低小区间干扰,增加系统容量,提升系统性能。Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group. The preset rule and the method for determining frequency point information are applicable to a scheme in which a pseudo-random frequency hopping is adopted based on a frequency hopping interval between groups, and a frequency hopping interval between symbol groups in a group is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth. Compared with the prior art. A symbol group of a random access preamble (between groups) may also be determined by using a pseudo-random sequence, and the hopping interval of each symbol group in each group may be dynamically adjusted according to a pseudo-random sequence, which is advantageous for reducing inter-cell spacing. Interference, increase system capacity, and improve system performance.
可选的,所述伪随机序列的初始化种子为所述终端设备的物理层小区标识或物理层小区标识的函数。Optionally, the initialization seed of the pseudo random sequence is a function of a physical layer cell identifier or a physical layer cell identifier of the terminal device.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,对于所述N个群组中包括4个符号组的任一群组:符号组间的跳频间隔至少为2个,且任一所述跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。上述实施例中,随机接入前导码的格式,包括循环前缀的时间长度,以及每个符号的时间长度支持更窄的子载波带宽,并且跳频间隔也可以为更窄的子载波带宽,例如1.25kHz,可以支持更大的小区半径,如超过100km。Optionally, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups, for any group that includes four symbol groups in the N groups: the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and Any of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth. In the foregoing embodiment, the format of the random access preamble, including the time length of the cyclic prefix, and the time length of each symbol support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, and the hopping interval may also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, for example, 1.25 kHz, can support a larger cell radius, such as more than 100km.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,所述N个群组的群组间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。随机接入前导码的格式中,除了群组内的符号组之间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍之外,如果群组间的跳频间隔也是子载波带宽的整数倍,当跳频间隔为更窄的子载波带宽时,例如1.25kHz,可以支持更大的小区半径,如超过100km。Optionally, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups, the frequency hopping interval between the groups of the N groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth. In the format of the random access preamble, except that the hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, if the hopping interval between the groups is also an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, when hopping When the frequency spacing is a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, a larger cell radius can be supported, such as more than 100 km.
可选的,所述子载波带宽为1.25KHz。随机接入前导码的格式,包括循环前缀的时间长度,以及每个符号的时间长度支持更窄的子载波带宽,并且跳频间隔也可以为更窄的子载波带宽,例如1.25kHz,可以支持更大的小区半径,如超过100km。Optionally, the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 KHz. The format of the random access preamble, including the length of the cyclic prefix, and the length of each symbol support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, and the hopping interval can also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, which can support A larger cell radius, such as more than 100km.
可选的,基于上述两种划分群组的方式,对于所述N个群组中包括4个符号组的任一群组:Optionally, based on the foregoing two methods for grouping groups, for any group of the N groups including 4 symbol groups:
群组内第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频方向,与群组内的第四个符号组相对于第三个符号组的跳频方向相反;The frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group is opposite to the frequency hopping direction of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group;
群组内符号组间的跳频间隔有两个,第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频间隔,与群组内的第四个符号组相对于第三个符号组的跳频间隔相等;且所述跳频间隔小于第三符号组相对于第二符号组的跳频间隔。There are two hopping intervals between the symbol groups in the group, the hopping interval of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group, and the hopping of the fourth symbol group in the group relative to the third symbol group. The frequency spacing is equal; and the frequency hopping interval is smaller than a hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group.
上述实施例中,对于包括4个符号组的群组,第一个符号组和第二个符号组之间的跳 频方向,与第三个符号组和第四个符号组之间的跳频方向相反;第一个符号组和第二个符号组之间的跳频间隔,与第三个符号组和第四个符号组之间的跳频间隔相同,这样通过差分累加的方式,可以消除由于频偏带来的相位影响,从而提升ToA估计的可靠性。In the above embodiment, for a group including 4 symbol groups, the jump between the first symbol group and the second symbol group Frequency direction, opposite to the frequency hopping direction between the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group; the frequency hopping interval between the first symbol group and the second symbol group, and the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group The frequency hopping interval between the symbol groups is the same, so that the phase influence due to the frequency offset can be eliminated by the differential accumulation method, thereby improving the reliability of the ToA estimation.
第三方面,本申请提供一种终端设备,所述终端设备包括存储器、收发器和处理器,其中:所述存储器用于存储指令;所述处理器用于根据执行所述存储器存储的指令,并控制所述收发器进行信号接收和信号发送,当所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的指令时,所述终端设备用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面中的任意可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a third aspect, the application provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a memory, a transceiver, and a processor, wherein: the memory is used to store an instruction; the processor is configured to execute an instruction stored in the memory, and Controlling the transceiver to perform signal reception and signal transmission, and when the processor executes the instruction stored in the memory, the terminal device is configured to perform the foregoing first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect The method described.
第四方面,本申请提供一种网络设备,所述网络设备包括存储器、收发器和处理器,其中:所述存储器用于存储指令;In a fourth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device includes a memory, a transceiver, and a processor, where: the memory is used to store an instruction;
所述处理器用于根据执行所述存储器存储的指令,并控制所述收发器进行信号接收和信号发送,当所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的指令时,所述网络设备用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面中的任意可能的实现方式中与网络设备有关的步骤。The processor is configured to control the transceiver to perform signal reception and signal transmission according to an instruction to execute the memory, and when the processor executes the instruction stored in the memory, the network device is configured to execute the foregoing The steps related to the network device in any of the possible implementations of the second aspect or the second aspect.
第五方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面中的任意可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a computer readable storage medium having instructions stored therein that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any of the first aspect or the first aspect described above The method described in the implementation.
第六方面,本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面中的任意可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method described in the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
第七方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第二方面中的任意可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a computer readable storage medium having instructions stored therein that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any of the foregoing second or second aspects The method described in the implementation.
第八方面,本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第二方面中的任意可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method described in any of the second or second aspects of the above.
二.多载波跳频方案:2. Multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme:
第九方面,本申请提供一种随机接入前导码发送方法,包括:In a ninth aspect, the application provides a random access preamble sending method, including:
终端设备获取网络设备发送的随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;The terminal device acquires random access configuration information sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
所述终端设备根据所述随机接入配置信息和预设规则,确定向所述网络设备发送的随机接入前导码的频点信息;Determining, by the terminal device, frequency point information of a random access preamble sent to the network device according to the random access configuration information and a preset rule;
所述终端设备根据所述频点信息,按照所述格式向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导码;Sending, by the terminal device, a random access preamble to the network device according to the frequency point information according to the format;
其中,所述随机接入前导码由4个符号组组成,每相邻两个符号组之间存在跳频,每个所述符号组通过两个或两个以上的子载波频点发送,所述频点信息包括所述L个符号组分别对应的频点。多载波一起跳频方案的设计便于利用已有的资源配置,可以节省信令开销。对于覆盖等级好的终端设备可以采用多载波跳频的方式。随机接入前导码的格式,包括循环前缀的时间长度,以及每个符号的时间长度支持更窄的子载波带宽,并且跳频间隔也可以为更窄的子载波带宽,例如1.25kHz,可以支持更大的小区半径,如超过100km。The random access preamble is composed of 4 symbol groups, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups is sent by two or more subcarrier frequency points. The frequency point information includes frequency points corresponding to the L symbol groups respectively. The multi-carrier together frequency hopping scheme is designed to facilitate the utilization of existing resource configurations and save signaling overhead. For a terminal device with a good coverage level, a multi-carrier frequency hopping method can be adopted. The format of the random access preamble, including the length of the cyclic prefix, and the length of each symbol support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, and the hopping interval can also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, which can support A larger cell radius, such as more than 100km.
可选的,所述两个子载波频点为相邻频点,或者所述两个以上的子载波频点中至少有两个为相邻频点,至少两个相邻频点能够保证多个子载波之间的间隔较小,例如接近子载波带宽1.25kHz,有利于接入更过的终端设备,有利于提升系统性能。Optionally, the two subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points, or at least two of the two or more subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points, and at least two adjacent frequency points can ensure multiple sub-points. The interval between carriers is small, for example, the sub-carrier bandwidth is 1.25 kHz, which is beneficial to accessing more terminal devices and improving system performance.
可选的,所述两个或两个以上的子载波频点在频域方向上分布的相对位置相同且在跳 频过程中保持不变。如果一个符号组内多个子载波的的相对位置在跳频过程中是保持不变的,只要确定符号组内一个子载波的频点位置,其它子载波的频点位置可以按照相对位置进行偏置。Optionally, the relative positions of the two or more subcarrier frequency points distributed in the frequency domain direction are the same and are in a hop The frequency remains unchanged. If the relative positions of multiple subcarriers in a symbol group remain unchanged during frequency hopping, as long as the frequency position of one subcarrier in the symbol group is determined, the frequency position of other subcarriers may be offset according to the relative position. .
可选的,每相邻两个所述符号组之间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍,所述子载波带宽为1.25KHz。跳频间隔支持更窄的子载波带宽,例如1.25kHz,能够适应NB-IoT系统支持更窄的子载波带宽以及覆盖更大的小区半径,如超过100km,进而有助于提升NB-IoT的系统容量。Optionally, the hopping interval between each two adjacent symbol groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth, and the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 kHz. The hopping interval supports a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, which can accommodate NB-IoT systems to support narrower subcarrier bandwidths and cover larger cell radii, such as over 100 km, which in turn helps to improve NB-IoT systems. capacity.
三.单载波跳频方案和多载波跳频方案并存3. Single carrier frequency hopping scheme and multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme coexist
第十方面,本申请提供一种随机接入前导码发送方法,包括:In a tenth aspect, the application provides a method for sending a random access preamble, including:
终端设备获取网络设备发送的随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;The terminal device acquires random access configuration information sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
所述终端设备根据所述随机接入配置信息和参考信号接收功率的测量值,按照所述格式向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导码,所述随机接入前导码包括L个符号组,L为大于或等于4的正整数,每相邻两个所述符号组之间存在跳频。The terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device according to the measured value of the random access configuration information and the reference signal received power, where the random access preamble includes L symbol groups. L is a positive integer greater than or equal to 4, and there is a frequency hopping between each adjacent two of the symbol groups.
在终端设备都支持单载波跳频方案和多载波跳频方案时,根据终端设备自身条件来选择随机接入前导码按照单载波发送还是按照多载波方式发送,即终端设备自身条件来选择通过一个子载波频点发送新格式的随机接入前导码的每个符号组,还是通过两个或两个以上的子载波频点发送新格式的随机接入前导码的每个符号组,能够兼顾多载波方案可以提升资源利用率、节省信令开销的特点以及单载波方案能够提升整个系统的性能,实现同时支持更多的用户复用的特点。When the terminal device supports the single-carrier frequency hopping scheme and the multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme, the random access preamble is selected according to the condition of the terminal device to be transmitted according to the single carrier or the multi-carrier method, that is, the terminal device selects the condition by itself. Whether the subcarrier frequency point transmits each symbol group of the random access preamble in the new format, or transmits each symbol group of the random access preamble in the new format through two or more subcarrier frequency points, which can balance both The carrier scheme can improve resource utilization and save signaling overhead. The single-carrier scheme can improve the performance of the entire system and realize the features of supporting more users at the same time.
进一步的,所述终端设备根据所述随机接入配置信息和参考信号接收功率的测量值,向所述网络设备发送所述随机接入前导码,包括:Further, the terminal device sends the random access preamble to the network device according to the measured value of the random access configuration information and the reference signal received power, including:
所述终端设备根据所述随机接入配置信息和参考信号接收功率的测量值,确定所述随机接入前导码的发送方式;所述发送方式为通过一个子载波频点发送每个所述符号组,或者通过两个或两个以上的子载波频点发送每个所述符号组;Determining, by the terminal device, a sending manner of the random access preamble according to the random access configuration information and a measured value of a reference signal received power; the sending manner is: sending each of the symbols by using a subcarrier frequency point Grouping, or transmitting each of the symbol groups by two or more subcarrier frequencies;
所述终端设备根据所述发送方式和所述格式,向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导码。The terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device according to the sending manner and the format.
进一步的,所述终端设备根据所述随机接入配置信息和参考信号接收功率的测量值,确定所述随机接入前导码的发送方式,包括:Further, the terminal device determines, according to the random access configuration information and the measured value of the received power of the reference signal, the sending manner of the random access preamble, including:
所述终端设备根据参考信号功率的测量值和所述随机接入配置信息中包括的参考信号接收功率门限确定所述终端设备的覆盖等级;Determining, by the terminal device, a coverage level of the terminal device according to a measured value of a reference signal power and a reference signal received power threshold included in the random access configuration information;
所述终端设备根据所述覆盖等级确定所述随机接入前导码的发送方式。The terminal device determines a sending manner of the random access preamble according to the coverage level.
进一步的,根据所述发送方式和所述格式,向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导码,包括:Further, sending the random access preamble to the network device according to the sending manner and the format, including:
所述终端设备根据所述发送方式,获取所述发送方式对应的预设规则和随机接入配置信息;The terminal device acquires a preset rule and random access configuration information corresponding to the sending mode according to the sending manner;
所述终端设备根据所述预设规则和所述随机接入配置信息,确定向所述网络设备发送的随机接入前导码的频点信息;Determining, by the terminal device, frequency point information of a random access preamble sent to the network device according to the preset rule and the random access configuration information;
所述终端设备根据所述频点信息,按照所述格式向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导码。The terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device according to the frequency point information according to the format.
第十一方面,本申请提供一种终端设备,所述终端设备包括存储器、收发器和处理器, 其中:所述存储器用于存储指令;所述处理器用于根据执行所述存储器存储的指令,并控制所述收发器进行信号接收和信号发送,当所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的指令时,所述终端设备用于执行上述第九方面或第九方面中的任意可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In an eleventh aspect, the application provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a memory, a transceiver, and a processor. Wherein: the memory is configured to store an instruction; the processor is configured to control an instruction to store the memory according to an instruction to execute the memory, and control the transceiver to perform signal reception and signal transmission when the processor executes the instruction stored in the memory The terminal device is configured to perform the method described in any of the possible implementations of the ninth aspect or the ninth aspect.
第十二方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第九方面或第九方面中的任意可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a computer readable storage medium having stored therein instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any of the above ninth or ninth aspects The method described in the possible implementation.
第十三方面,本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第九方面或第九方面中的任意可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of any of the above-described ninth or ninth aspects.
第十四方面,本申请提供一种终端设备,所述终端设备包括存储器、收发器和处理器,其中:所述存储器用于存储指令;所述处理器用于根据执行所述存储器存储的指令,并控制所述收发器进行信号接收和信号发送,当所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的指令时,所述终端设备用于执行上述第十方面或第十方面中的任意可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, the present application provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a memory, a transceiver, and a processor, wherein: the memory is used to store an instruction, and the processor is configured to execute an instruction stored in the memory according to an instruction. And controlling the transceiver to perform signal reception and signal transmission. When the processor executes the instruction stored by the memory, the terminal device is configured to perform any of the foregoing tenth or tenth aspects. Said method.
第十五方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第十方面或第十方面中的任意可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, the present application provides a computer readable storage medium having stored therein instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any of the above tenth or tenth aspects The method described in the possible implementation.
第十六方面,本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第十方面或第十方面中的任意可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method described in any of the above-described tenth or tenth aspects.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种窄带物联网的系统架构图;1 is a system architecture diagram of a narrowband Internet of Things according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2为现有技术的一种窄带物联网的随机接入前导码的跳频图案示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a frequency hopping pattern of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble in the prior art;
图3为现有技术的一种窄带物联网的随机接入前导码的符号组的结构示意图;3 is a schematic structural diagram of a symbol group of a random access preamble of a narrowband Internet of Things in the prior art;
图4为现有技术的一种窄带物联网的随机接入前导码包括重复次数的跳频图案的示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of a prior art narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble including a repetition frequency hopping pattern;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种窄带物联网的随机接入前导码的符号组的结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a symbol group of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种窄带物联网的随机接入前导码发送方法的方法流程图;FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a random access preamble of a narrowband Internet of Things according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种窄带物联网的随机接入前导码的一种单载波跳频图案示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a single carrier frequency hopping pattern of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种窄带物联网的随机接入前导码的一种单载波跳频图案示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a single carrier frequency hopping pattern of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种窄带物联网的随机接入前导码的另一种单载波跳频图案示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another single carrier frequency hopping pattern of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种窄带物联网的随机接入前导码的另一种单载波跳频图案示意图;10 is a schematic diagram of another single-carrier frequency hopping pattern of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种窄带物联网的随机接入前导码的一种多载波跳频图案示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a multi-carrier frequency hopping pattern of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种窄带物联网的随机接入前导码的多载波符号组在频域分布方向的结构示意图; FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a multi-carrier symbol group of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble in a frequency domain distribution direction according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种窄带物联网的随机接入前导码的一种多载波跳频图案示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a multi-carrier frequency hopping pattern of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种窄带物联网的随机接入前导码的单载波符号组在时间分布方向的结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a single carrier symbol group of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble in a time distribution direction according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种窄带物联网的随机接入前导码的多载波符号组在时间分布方向的结构示意图;15 is a schematic structural diagram of a multi-carrier symbol group of a narrowband Internet of Things random access preamble in a time distribution direction according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种窄带物联网的随机接入前导码的重复次数在时间分布方向的结构示意图;16 is a schematic structural diagram of a repetition quantity of a random access preamble of a narrowband Internet of Things in a time distribution direction according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种窄带物联网的随机接入前导码在单载波和多载波方案并存时的发送方法的方法示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting a random access preamble of a narrowband Internet of Things in a coexistence of a single carrier and a multicarrier scheme according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图18为本申请提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to the present application;
图19为本申请提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to the present application;
图20为本申请提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;20 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by the present application;
图21为本申请提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to the present application.
下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。The embodiments of the present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请主要应用于长期演进LTE系统或高级的长期演进LTE-A(LTE Advanced)系统。本申请也可以应用于其它的通信系统,只要该通信系统中存在实体可以发送信息,也存在其它实体可以接收信息即可。例如:新无线(New Radio,NR)系统、全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、先进的长期演进(Advanced long term evolution,LTE-A)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、演进的长期演进(evolved Long Term Evolution,eLTE)系统、5G等其它移动通信系统。The present application is mainly applied to a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system or an Advanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A) (LTE Advanced) system. The present application can also be applied to other communication systems, as long as there are entities in the communication system that can transmit information, and other entities can receive information. For example: New Radio (NR) system, Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (Wideband Code Division Multiple) Access, WCDMA) System, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, Advanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (Universal Mobile Telecommunication System, UMTS), Evolved Long Term Evolution (eLTE) system, other mobile communication systems such as 5G.
如图1所示,网络设备和终端设备1至终端设备6组成一个通信系统,在该通信系统中网络设备与终端设备1至终端设备6之间可以相互发送数据。此外,终端设备4至终端设备6也组成一个通信系统,在该通信系统中,终端设备5可以发送信息给终端设备4和终端设备6中的一个或多个终端设备。As shown in FIG. 1, the network device and the
多个终端设备同时向网络设备发送上行数据时,可以会造成彼此之间的干扰,有鉴于此,移动通信标准化组织3GPP在RAN#69次会议上提出了窄带物联网NB-IOT课题。NB-IoT的上行链路拟采用频分多址SC-FDMA技术,该技术为了保证不同终端设备的上行数据能够同时到达网络设备侧以避免造成彼此之间的干扰,用户在发送上行数据之前需要先执行随机接入过程。具体来说,终端设备向网络设备发送上行数据之前,需要根据网络设备指定的随机接入配置信息在随机接入信道上发送NB-IoT随机接入前导码。When multiple terminal devices send uplink data to the network device at the same time, they may cause interference between each other. In view of this, the mobile communication standardization organization 3GPP raised the problem of the narrowband Internet of Things NB-IOT at the RAN#69 meeting. The uplink of the NB-IoT is intended to use the frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) technology. In order to ensure that the uplink data of different terminal devices can reach the network device side at the same time to avoid interference between each other, the user needs to send uplink data. The random access procedure is performed first. Specifically, before the terminal device sends the uplink data to the network device, the NB-IoT random access preamble needs to be sent on the random access channel according to the random access configuration information specified by the network device.
现有技术中,一个NB-IoT随机接入前导码由4个符号组组成,一个符号组占用一个子载波,符号组之间存在跳频,每个符号组传输的频域位置会限制在12个子载波内,频域跳频的范围是在12个子载波内,子载波带宽为3.75kHz,符号组之间的跳频间隔是子载波带宽的整数倍,最小的跳频间隔为3.75kHz。如图2所示,一个NB-IoT随机接入前导
码由符号组1,符号组2,符号组3和符号组4组成,#0~#11表示12个子载波,符号组1和符号组2之间的跳频间隔为3.75kHz,符号组2和符号组3之间的跳频间隔为22.5kHz,符号组3和符号组4之间的跳频间隔为3.75kHz。如图3所示,一个符号组包括一个循环前缀CP和5个符号(符号#0~符号#4),循环前缀的时间长度为TCP,5个符号的时间长度为TSEQ,每个符号上承载有序列,每个符号组的时间长度为子载波带宽的倒数。In the prior art, an NB-IoT random access preamble consists of 4 symbol groups, one symbol group occupies one subcarrier, and there is frequency hopping between the symbol groups, and the frequency domain position of each symbol group transmission is limited to 12 Within the subcarriers, the frequency domain hopping range is within 12 subcarriers, the subcarrier bandwidth is 3.75 kHz, the hopping interval between symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, and the minimum hopping interval is 3.75 kHz. As shown in FIG. 2, an NB-IoT random access preamble is composed of a
在实际传输时,NB-IoT随机接入前导码根据网络配置的重复次数重复发送。如图4所示,在每个重复周期内,随机接入前导码的四个符号组用灰色填充矩形和数字表示,按照时间先后顺序记为第一、第二、第三、第四符号组,图中用数字1,2,3,4表示。随机接入前导码在一个重复周期内有两种跳频间隔,分别为3.75kHz和22.5kHz。第一符号组和第二个符号组之间的跳频间隔为3.75kHz,第三个符号组和第四个符号组之间的跳频间隔为3.75kHz。第二个符号组和第三个符号组之间的跳频间隔为22.5kHz。相邻两个重复周期之间采用伪随机跳频,图示中椭圆虚线框标注,跳频范围也限制在12个子载波内。During actual transmission, the NB-IoT random access preamble is repeatedly transmitted according to the number of repetitions of the network configuration. As shown in FIG. 4, in each repetition period, four symbol groups of the random access preamble are represented by gray-filled rectangles and numbers, and are recorded as chronological order as the first, second, third, and fourth symbol groups. , the figure is represented by the
如表1,NB-IoT目前支持的preamble有两种格式,其中TCP为一个循环前缀的时间长度,TSEQ为5个符号的时间长度。As shown in Table 1, the preamble currently supported by NB-IoT has two formats, where T CP is the length of a cyclic prefix, and T SEQ is the length of 5 symbols.
表1Table 1
以下,对本申请中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Hereinafter, some of the terms in the present application will be explained to be understood by those skilled in the art.
1)、终端,又称之为用户设备(User Equipment,UE),是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。常见的终端例如包括:手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,例如智能手表、智能手环、计步器等。1) A terminal, also called a User Equipment (UE), is a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, an in-vehicle device, and the like. Common terminals include, for example, mobile phones, tablets, notebook computers, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MIDs), wearable devices such as smart watches, smart bracelets, pedometers, and the like.
2)、网络设备,可以是普通的基站(如Node B或eNB),可以是新无线控制器(New Radio controller,NR controller),可以是5G系统中的gNode B(gNB),可以是集中式网元(Centralized Unit),可以是新无线基站,可以是射频拉远模块,可以是微基站,可以是中继(relay),可以是分布式网元(Distributed Unit),可以是接收点(Transmission Reception Point,TRP)或传输点(Transmission Point,TP)或者任何其它无线接入设备,但本申请实施例不限于此。2), the network device, which may be a common base station (such as a Node B or an eNB), may be a new radio controller (NR controller), may be a gNode B (gNB) in a 5G system, may be centralized A centralized unit, which may be a new wireless base station, may be a radio remote module, may be a micro base station, may be a relay, may be a distributed network element, or may be a receiving point (Transmission) A reception point (TRP) or a transmission point (TP) or any other wireless access device, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
3)、符号,包含但不限于正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)符号、稀疏码分多址技术(Sparse Code Multiplexing Access,SCMA)符号、过滤正交频分复用(Filtered Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,F-OFDM)符号、非正交多址接入(Non-Orthogonal Multiple Access,NOMA)符号,具体可以根据实际情况确定,在此不再赘述。3), symbols, including but not limited to Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, Sparse Code Multiplexing Access (SCMA) symbols, filtered orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (Filtered) The Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (F-OFDM) symbol and the Non-Orthogonal Multiple Access (NOMA) symbol may be determined according to actual conditions, and details are not described herein again.
4)、系统消息,是小区级别的信息,对接入该小区的所有终端设备生效,每个系统消息都包含了与某个功能相关的一系列参数集合。4) System message, which is cell-level information, is valid for all terminal devices accessing the cell, and each system message contains a set of parameters related to a certain function.
5)、系统信息块SIB2,是系统消息的一种,主要包含了公共的无线资源配置信息,对所有的UE通用。 5) The system information block SIB2 is a type of system message, and mainly includes public radio resource configuration information, which is common to all UEs.
6)、子载波带宽:频域上最小的粒度。例如,LTE中,1个子载波的子载波宽度为15kHz。NB-IoT中,1个子载波的子载波宽度为15kHz,3.75kHz,甚至可以更窄。6) Subcarrier bandwidth: The smallest granularity in the frequency domain. For example, in LTE, the subcarrier width of one subcarrier is 15 kHz. In NB-IoT, the subcarrier width of one subcarrier is 15 kHz, 3.75 kHz, and even narrower.
7)、“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。同时,应当理解,尽管在本申请实施例中可能采用术语第一、第二、第三等来描述各种消息、请求和终端,但这些消息、请求和终端不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将消息、请求和终端彼此区分开。7) "Multiple" means two or more. "and/or", describing the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that there are three cases where A exists separately, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists separately. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship. In the meantime, it should be understood that although the terms first, second, third, etc. may be used to describe various messages, requests, and terminals in the embodiments of the present application, these messages, requests, and terminals should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish messages, requests, and terminals from one another.
为了适应NB-IoT系统支持更窄的子载波带宽,覆盖更大的小区半径,需要设计出随机接入前导码的新格式来支持。如图5所示,在随机接入前导码的新格式中,每个符号组包括一个循环前缀CP(时间长度为TCP)和序列,其中,序列包括E个符号,序列的时间总长度为TSEQ,E为大于等于1的正整数,E可以为1,2,3,4,5等。由于子载波带宽相对于现有NB-IoT系统更加窄化,比如子载波带宽为1.25kHz,每个符号的时间长度为子载波带宽的倒数,那么每个符号的时间长度都会是现有技术的3倍,符号的时间长度增加,循环前缀CP的时间长度也会增加。因此在新格式中,循环前缀的时间长度TCP和所有符号的时间长度TSEQ相对现有的格式0和格式1都有所增加。In order to accommodate the narrower subcarrier bandwidth supported by the NB-IoT system and cover a larger cell radius, a new format of the random access preamble needs to be designed to support. As shown in FIG. 5, in the new format of the random access preamble, each symbol group includes a cyclic prefix CP (time length is T CP ) and a sequence, wherein the sequence includes E symbols, and the total length of the sequence is T SEQ , E is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and E can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and the like. Since the subcarrier bandwidth is narrower than the existing NB-IoT system, for example, the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 kHz, and the time length of each symbol is the reciprocal of the subcarrier bandwidth, the time length of each symbol will be prior art. 3 times, the length of the symbol increases, and the length of the cyclic prefix CP also increases. Therefore, in the new format, the time length T CP of the cyclic prefix and the time length T SEQ of all symbols are increased relative to the existing
一种可能的设计中,基于图5所示的符号组的格式,本申请提供的一种随机接入前导码的新格式参见表2。In a possible design, based on the format of the symbol group shown in FIG. 5, a new format of a random access preamble provided by the present application is shown in Table 2.
一种可能的设计中,基于图5所示的符号组的格式,本申请提供的一种随机接入前导码的新格式参见表3。In a possible design, based on the format of the symbol group shown in FIG. 5, a new format of a random access preamble provided by the present application is shown in Table 3.
一种可能的设计中,基于图5所示的符号组的格式,本申请提供的一种随机接入前导码的新格式参见表4。In a possible design, based on the format of the symbol group shown in FIG. 5, a new format of a random access preamble provided by the present application is shown in Table 4.
表2Table 2
表3table 3
表4Table 4
基于上述新格式,本申请提供了一种通知随机接入前导码的新格式的方法,具体包括:Based on the foregoing new format, the present application provides a method for notifying a new format of a random access preamble, which specifically includes:
终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式。The terminal device receives random access configuration information sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble.
具体的,网络设备通过系统消息,如SIB2,向终端设备通知随机接入前导码的随机接 入配置信息。Specifically, the network device notifies the terminal device of the random access preamble by using a system message, such as SIB2. Enter configuration information.
网络设备可以通过广播,无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)专用信令,媒体接入控制(Media Access Control,MAC)控制元素,或者下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)的方式将该随机接入配置信息发送至终端设备,还可以通过其他的方式将该随机接入配置信息发送至终端设备,具体此处不做限定。The network device may randomize the radio, the Radio Resource Control (RRC) dedicated signaling, the Media Access Control (MAC) control element, or the Downlink Control Information (DCI). The access configuration information is sent to the terminal device, and the random access configuration information is sent to the terminal device in other manners, which is not limited herein.
随机接入配置信息包括随机接入前导码格式索引或者CP长度,随机接入资源周期,起始子载波频域位置,分配用于随机接入的子载波数,随机接入的重复次数,随机接入起始时刻,随机接入前导码最大重传次数,参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Received Power,RSRP)门限等。其中,随机接入前导码格式索引或者CP长度用于指示随机接入前导码的格式。The random access configuration information includes a random access preamble format index or CP length, a random access resource period, a starting subcarrier frequency domain location, a number of subcarriers allocated for random access, a random access repetition number, and a random number. The access start time, the maximum number of retransmissions of the random access preamble, and the Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) threshold. The random access preamble format index or the CP length is used to indicate the format of the random access preamble.
在实际应用中,随机接入配置信息除了包含上述的参数之外,还可以包含如下参数至少一项参数:随机接入信道格式,子载波间隔,基本时间单元Thop的长度,随机接入信道的总时间长度或者基本时间单元Thop的数目。In practical applications, the random access configuration information may include at least one parameter of the following parameters: a random access channel format, a subcarrier spacing, a length of a basic time unit T hop , and a random access channel. The total length of time or the number of basic time units T hop .
其中,随机接入信道格式用于指示终端设备使用基于单载波的跳频间隔的方式发送随机接入信号还是使用基于多载波的跳频间隔的方式发送随机接入信号。基本时间单元Thop的长度用以指示一个时间单元的具体时长,该参数与随机接入信道的基本参数相关,具体此处不做限定。随机接入信道的总时间长度或者基本时间单元Thop的数目用以表示终端设备需要在多长时长或是多少个时间单元内发送随机接入信号,该参数与随机接入信道的基本参数相关,具体此处不做限定。The random access channel format is used to indicate whether the terminal device sends a random access signal by using a single carrier-based hopping interval or a multi-carrier based hopping interval. The length of the basic time unit T hop is used to indicate the specific duration of a time unit. The parameter is related to the basic parameters of the random access channel, which is not limited herein. The total length of the random access channel or the number of basic time units T hop is used to indicate how long or how many time units the terminal device needs to transmit, and the parameter is related to the basic parameters of the random access channel. , specifically here is not limited.
此外,基于NB-IoT系统支持更窄的子载波带宽,覆盖更大的小区半径,新格式的随机接入前导码的符号组间的跳频间隔和跳频时限制的子载波数会发生变化,例如,子载波带宽变窄为1.25kHz时,跳频间隔为载波的整数倍,此时可使用的跳频间隔增多,符号组的跳频限制由12个子载波增加到36个子载波。基于跳频间隔、跳频限制的子载波数的增加,符号组间的跳频图案需要更新。为了提升NB-IoT系统覆盖更大的小区半径时的性能,新格式的随机接入前导码在一个重复时间内,可发送更多的符号组,即新格式的随机接入前导码,其可以包括至少4个符号组。In addition, the NB-IoT system supports a narrower subcarrier bandwidth and covers a larger cell radius. The frequency hopping interval between the symbol groups of the random access preamble in the new format and the number of subcarriers limited during the hopping change. For example, when the subcarrier bandwidth is narrowed to 1.25 kHz, the hopping interval is an integer multiple of the carrier. At this time, the hopping interval that can be used is increased, and the hopping limit of the symbol group is increased from 12 subcarriers to 36 subcarriers. The frequency hopping pattern between the symbol groups needs to be updated based on the increase of the number of subcarriers of the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping restriction. In order to improve the performance of the NB-IoT system covering a larger cell radius, the new format random access preamble can transmit more symbol groups in a repetition time, that is, a new format random access preamble, which can Includes at least 4 symbol groups.
此外,随机接入前导码的发送方式可以是每个符号组通过单载波发送,或者每个符号组通过多载波发送,基于这两种发送方式,本申请提供了三种跳频方案:基于单载波的随机接入前导码的跳频方案;基于多载波的随机接入前导码的跳频方案;基于单载波、多载波共存的随机接入前导码的跳频方案。针对这三种跳频方案,本申请提供了不同的随机接入前导码发送方法。下面分别结合每一种跳频方案,对本申请提供的随机接入前导码发送方法进行详细说明:In addition, the method for transmitting the random access preamble may be that each symbol group is sent by using a single carrier, or each symbol group is sent by using multiple carriers. Based on the two transmission modes, the present application provides three frequency hopping schemes: Frequency hopping scheme of random access preamble of carrier; frequency hopping scheme of random access preamble based on multi-carrier; frequency hopping scheme of random access preamble based on single carrier and multi-carrier coexistence. For these three frequency hopping schemes, the present application provides different methods for transmitting random access preambles. The method for transmitting the random access preamble provided by the present application is described in detail below in combination with each frequency hopping scheme:
一、单载波跳频方案First, single carrier frequency hopping scheme
对于单载波跳频方案:随机接入前导码由L个符号组组成,L为大于4的正整数,每个符号组由1个CP和E个符号组成,其中E为正整数,一个符号的时长为子载波带宽的倒数。每相邻两个符号组之间存在跳频,每个符号组通过一个子载波频点发送。每个符号组的格式可参照图5。For a single carrier frequency hopping scheme: the random access preamble consists of L symbol groups, L is a positive integer greater than 4, and each symbol group consists of 1 CP and E symbols, where E is a positive integer, one symbol The duration is the reciprocal of the subcarrier bandwidth. There is frequency hopping between each adjacent two symbol groups, and each symbol group is transmitted through one subcarrier frequency. The format of each symbol group can be referred to Figure 5.
符号组内每个符号上承载的序列可以相同,比如每个符号上承载的序列为a,E个符号可以承载的序列为a可以为实数,比如1或者-1,a也可以为复数,比如j或 者-j,其中j表示虚数单位,满足j2=-1。The sequence carried on each symbol in the symbol group may be the same. For example, the sequence carried on each symbol is a, and the sequence in which E symbols can be carried is a can be a real number, such as 1 or -1, and a can also be a complex number, such as j or -j, where j represents an imaginary unit and satisfies j 2 =-1.
对于L个符号组中任意两个符号组,记为符号组A和符号组B,符号组A的第1个符号和符号组B的第1个符号上承载的序列可以相同,符号组A的第2个符号和符号组B的第2个符号上承载的序列可以相同…符号组A的第E个符号和符号组B的第E个符号上承载的序列可以相同,比如符号组A和符号组B上每个符号承载的序列均为a,a可以为实数,比如1或者-1,a也可以为复数,比如j或者-j,其中j表示虚数单位,满足j2=-1。For any two symbol groups in the L symbol groups, the symbol group A and the symbol group B are recorded, and the first symbol of the symbol group A and the sequence of the first symbol of the symbol group B may be the same, and the symbol group A The second symbol and the sequence carried on the second symbol of the symbol group B may be the same... the Eth symbol of the symbol group A and the sequence carried by the Eth symbol of the symbol group B may be the same, such as the symbol group A and the symbol The sequence carried by each symbol on group B is a, a can be a real number, such as 1 or -1, and a can also be a complex number, such as j or -j, where j represents an imaginary unit and satisfies j 2 =-1.
对于L个符号组中任意两个符号组,记为符号组A和符号组B,符号组A的第1个符号和符号组B的第1个符号上承载的序列可以不同,符号组A的第2个符号和符号组B的第2个符号上承载的序列可以不同…符号组A的第E个符号和符号组B的第E个符号上承载的序列可以不同,比如符号组A内每个符号承载的序列均为a,a可以为实数,比如1或者-1,a也可以为复数,比如j或者-j,其中j表示虚数单位,满足j2=-1。符号组B内每个符号承载的序列均为b,b和a不同,b可以为实数,比如1或者-1,b也可以为复数,比如j或者-j,其中j表示虚数单位,满足j2=-1。For any two symbol groups in the L symbol groups, denoted as symbol group A and symbol group B, the first symbol of symbol group A and the sequence of symbol group B may be different, and the symbol group A The sequence of the second symbol and the second symbol of the symbol group B may be different. The E-th symbol of the symbol group A and the sequence carried by the E-th symbol of the symbol group B may be different, for example, each symbol group A The sequences carried by the symbols are all a, a can be a real number, such as 1 or -1, and a can also be a complex number, such as j or -j, where j represents an imaginary unit and satisfies j 2 =-1. Each symbol in symbol group B carries a sequence of b, b and a are different, b can be a real number, such as 1 or -1, b can also be a complex number, such as j or -j, where j represents an imaginary unit, satisfying j 2 = -1.
在单载波跳频方案中,L个符号组按照每4个符号组为一个群组进行划分包括以下两种方式:In the single-carrier frequency hopping scheme, the L symbol groups are divided into groups for every 4 symbol groups, including the following two methods:
方式一:所述L个符号组由N个群组构成,每个群组包括4个符号组,其中N是大于或等于2的正整数。Manner 1: The L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and each group includes 4 symbol groups, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
为了方便描述由4N个符号组组成的随机接入前导码的跳频图样,下面会引入一些符号进行表述。参照图7,记随机接入前导码以四个符号组为一个群组,群组按照时间顺序记为群组1,群组2,…,群组N。在每个群组内,按照时间顺序将符号组记为符号组1、符号组2、符号组3和符号组4。记符号组1、符号组2、符号组3、符号组4的频点为f1k,f2k,f3k,f4k,符号组1和符号组2之间的跳频间隔为Δ1k,符号组2和符号组3之间的跳频间隔为Δ2k,符号组3和符号组4之间的跳频间隔为Δ3k,随机接入前导码子载波带宽为Δf,其中k表示群组索引,k的取值范围为k=1,2,…,N。两个群组之间的跳频间隔为Δg,比如Δ1表示群组1和群组2之间的跳频间隔,g的取值范围为g=1,2,…,N-1。为了简洁,图7中对群组1的相关跳频间隔和各个符号组的频点进行了标注。In order to facilitate the description of the hopping pattern of the random access preamble composed of 4N symbol groups, some symbols are introduced below for presentation. Referring to FIG. 7, the random access preamble is grouped into four groups of four symbol groups, and the groups are recorded in time series as
基于上述标记,随机接入前导码每个符号组的频点位置可以表示为:Based on the above markings, the frequency position of each symbol group of the random access preamble can be expressed as:
可选的,符号组1的频点为f1k,符号组2的频点f2k=f1k+Δ1k,符号组3的频点f3k=f2k+Δ2k,符号组4的频点为f4k=f3k+Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of
可选的,符号组1的频点为f1k,符号组2的频点f2k=f1k+Δ1k,符号组3的频点f3k=f2k+Δ2k,符号组4的频点为f4k=f3k-Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of
可选的,符号组1的频点为f1k,符号组2的频点f2k=f1k+Δ1k,符号组3的频点f3k=f2k-Δ2k,符号组4的频点为f4k=f3k+Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of
可选的,符号组1的频点为f1k,符号组2的频点f2k=f1k+Δ1k,符号组3的频点f3k=f2k-Δ2k,符号组4的频点为f4k=f3k-Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of
可选的,符号组1的频点为f1k,符号组2的频点f2k=f1k-Δ1k,符号组3的频点f3k=f2k+Δ2k,符号组4的频点为f4k=f3k+Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of
可选的,符号组1的频点为f1k,符号组2的频点f2k=f1k-Δ1k,符号组3的频点f3k=f2k+Δ2k,符号组4的频点为f4k=f3k-Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of
可选的,符号组1的频点为f1k,符号组2的频点f2k=f1k-Δ1k,符号组3的频点f3k=
f2k-Δ2k,符号组4的频点为f4k=f3k+Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of
可选的,符号组1的频点为f1k,符号组2的频点f2k=f1k-Δ1k,符号组3的频点f3k=f2k-Δ2k,符号组4的频点为f4k=f3k-Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of
(a)对于群组内的跳频间隔:(a) For the frequency hopping interval within the group:
可选的,N个群组中任一群组:符号组间的跳频间隔至少为2个,且任一所述跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。Optionally, any one of the N groups: the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and any one of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
可选的,所述子载波带宽为3.75/n KHz,其中,n为大于或等于2的正整数。Optionally, the subcarrier bandwidth is 3.75/n KHz, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
可选的,所述子载波带宽为1.25KHz。Optionally, the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 KHz.
可选的,Δ1k,Δ2k和Δ3k是子载波带宽Δf的整数倍。Δ1k和Δ3k小于Δ2k,Δ1k和Δ3k-可以相等,可以不等。Alternatively, Δ 1k , Δ 2k and Δ 3k are integer multiples of the subcarrier bandwidth Δf. Δ 1k and Δ 3k are smaller than Δ 2k , and Δ 1k and Δ 3k − may be equal and may be unequal.
优选地,Δ1k=Δ3k,且小于Δ2k。Preferably, Δ 1k = Δ 3k and less than Δ 2k .
例如,Δ11=1.25kHz,Δ21=7.5kHz,Δ31=3.75kHz。再例如,Δ11=1.25kHz,Δ21=7.5kHz,Δ31=1.25kHz。再例如,Δ11=1.25kHz,Δ21=22.5kHz,Δ31=1.25kHz。For example, Δ 11 = 1.25 kHz, Δ 21 = 7.5 kHz, and Δ 31 = 3.75 kHz. For another example, Δ 11 = 1.25 kHz, Δ 21 = 7.5 kHz, and Δ 31 = 1.25 kHz. For another example, Δ 11 = 1.25 kHz, Δ 21 = 22.5 kHz, and Δ 31 = 1.25 kHz.
(b)对于不同群组之间的跳频间隔:(b) For frequency hopping intervals between different groups:
可选的,N个群组中的一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔,与所述N个群组中的另一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔不同。Optionally, at least one hopping interval between the symbol groups of one of the N groups is different from at least one hopping interval between the symbol groups of the other group of the N groups.
例如,不同群组之间至少有两个群组p和q满足Δ1p≠Δ1q,Δ2p≠Δ2q,Δ3p≠Δ3q。For example, at least two groups p and q between different groups satisfy Δ 1p ≠ Δ 1q , Δ 2p ≠ Δ 2q , Δ 3p ≠ Δ 3q .
此外,两个群组之间的跳频间隔可以表示为:Δg=f1(g+1)–f4g或者Δg=f4g-f1(g+1)。其中,f1(g+1)为后一个群组的符号组1的频点,f4g为前一个群组的符号组4的频点。Furthermore, the frequency hopping interval between the two groups can be expressed as: Δ g = f 1 (g + 1) - f 4g or Δ g = f 4g - f 1 (g + 1) . Where f 1 (g+1) is the frequency point of the
可选的,所述N个群组的群组间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。Optionally, the hopping interval between the groups of the N groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
任意两个群组之间的跳频间隔Δg是子载波带宽Δf的整数倍,不同群组间可以相同,也可以不同。Hopping interval between any two groups Δ g is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth Δf, between different groups may be the same or may be different.
可选的,在群组间和群组内的群号组之间的跳频间隔都采用子载波带宽的整数倍时,根据随机接入配置信息和预设规则,确定每个群组的各个符号组的频点信息。可选的,所述频点信息通过以下方式确定:根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述第一个符号组的频点位置;根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述L个符号组中每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;根据所述第一个符号组的频点位置和每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述L个符号组的频点位置。Optionally, when the hopping interval between the groups and the group number group in the group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, each group is determined according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule. The frequency point information of the symbol group. Optionally, the frequency point information is determined by determining a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, and determining, according to the starting subcarrier a carrier index number, a symbol group index number of the first symbol group of the random access preamble, and a pseudo random sequence, determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group; determining according to the multiple index expressions a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each of the L symbol groups with respect to a previous symbol group; according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group and each symbol group relative to a previous symbol group The frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction determine the frequency point positions of the L symbol groups.
其中,所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。The preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group, and the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to a previous symbol. The index relationship between the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the group, the frequency point position of the previous symbol group, and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
可选的,两个群组之间采用伪随机跳频。在两个群组采用伪随机跳频时,根据随机接入配置信息和预设规则,确定每个群组的各个符号组的频点信息,所述频点信息通过以下方式确定:根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述当前群组的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置;根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向; 根据所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置和所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述当前群组的各个符号组的频点位置。Optionally, pseudo-random frequency hopping is used between the two groups. When the two groups adopt the pseudo-random frequency hopping, the frequency point information of each symbol group of each group is determined according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule, and the frequency point information is determined by: a time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, determining a sub-carrier index number of the starting sub-carrier; a sub-carrier index number of the starting sub-carrier, and a symbol of the first symbol group of the current group a group index number and a pseudo-random sequence, determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group; determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, each symbol group of the current group relative to a front Frequency hopping interval and frequency hopping direction of a symbol group; Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group.
其中,所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。The preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group, and the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to a previous symbol. The index relationship between the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the group, the frequency point position of the previous symbol group, and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
伪随机序列c可以是m序列,M序列,gold序列等。伪随机序列c的初始化种子为小区标识或小区标识的函数。The pseudo random sequence c may be an m sequence, an M sequence, a gold sequence, or the like. The initialization seed of the pseudo-random sequence c is a function of the cell identity or cell identity.
(c)不同群组内的跳频方向:(c) Frequency hopping directions in different groups:
可选的,对于所述N个群组中任一群组:Optionally, for any one of the N groups:
群组内第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频方向,与群组内的第四个符号组相对于第三个符号组的跳频方向相反;群组内符号组间的跳频间隔有两个,第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频间隔,与群组内的第四个符号组相对于第三个符号组的跳频间隔相等;且所述跳频间隔小于第三符号组相对于第二符号组的跳频间隔。The frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group is opposite to the hopping direction of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group; There are two hopping intervals, the hopping interval of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group is equal to the hopping interval of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group; The hopping interval is smaller than the hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group.
其中,群组内第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频方向,与群组内的第三个符号组相对于第二个符号组的跳频方向可以相同,也可以不同。The hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group may be the same as the hopping direction of the third symbol group in the group with respect to the second symbol group, or may be different.
其中,不同的群组:第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频方向可以相同,也可以不同。第三个符号组相对于第二个符号组的跳频方向可以相同,也可以不同。Different groups: the hopping direction of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group may be the same or different. The hopping direction of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group may be the same or different.
其中,不同的群组:第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频间隔可以相同,也可以不同,第三符号组相对于第二符号组的跳频间隔可以相同,也可以不同。Different groups: the hopping interval of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group may be the same or different, and the hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group may be the same or different. .
需要说明的是,在终端设备向网络设备发送随机接入前导码时,随机接入前导码的4N个符号组在时间上可以是连续的,也可以是不连续的,参照图14。It should be noted that, when the terminal device sends the random access preamble to the network device, the 4N symbol groups of the random access preamble may be continuous or discontinuous in time, as shown in FIG. 14.
需要说明的是,在终端设备需要按照配置的重复次数,向网络设备重复发送随机接入前导码时,随机接入前导码的不同重复的副本之间在时间上可以是连续的,也可以是不连续的,参照图16。It should be noted that, when the terminal device needs to repeatedly send the random access preamble to the network device according to the configured repetition number, the different duplicate copies of the random access preamble may be consecutive in time, or may be For discontinuity, refer to Figure 16.
上述实施例中,采用单载波跳频的方式,峰值平均功率比(Peak to Average Power Ratio,PAPR)PAPR低,有助于提升整个系统的性能,可以实现同时支持更多的用户复用。In the above embodiment, the single-carrier frequency hopping method has a low Peak to Average Power Ratio (PAPR) PAPR, which helps improve the performance of the entire system and can support more user multiplexing at the same time.
上述实施例中,将每个随机接入前导码划分为多个群组,每个群组包括4个符号组,这样每个群组的跳频图案,包括跳频间隔和跳频方向,就可以继承现有技术的特点,有利于简化设计。In the foregoing embodiment, each random access preamble is divided into multiple groups, and each group includes four symbol groups, so that the frequency hopping pattern of each group includes a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction. It can inherit the characteristics of the prior art and help simplify the design.
上述实施例中,随机接入前导码的格式,包括循环前缀的时间长度,以及每个符号的时间长度支持更窄的子载波带宽,并且跳频间隔也可以为更窄的子载波带宽,例如1.25kHz,可以支持更大的小区半径。In the foregoing embodiment, the format of the random access preamble, including the time length of the cyclic prefix, and the time length of each symbol support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, and the hopping interval may also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, for example, 1.25 kHz, can support a larger cell radius.
下面以子载波带宽Δf=1.25kHz为例对上述实施例中的随机接入前导码的跳频图案进行说明。假如随机接入前导码由基于单载波跳频的8个符号组组成。图8为两个随机接入前导码(随机接入前导码#1和随机接入前导码#2,表示两个不同终端设备在相同时刻发送的随机接入前导码,分别用不同的填充表示)在一个重复周期内的跳频示例,图8中#0~#35表示36个子载波,子载波带宽为1.25kHz。随机接入前导码#1和随机接入前导码#2都由8个符号组组成,将8个符号组看成2个群组,每个群组内有4个符号组。预设四种跳频间隔,1.25kHz,7.5kHz,3.75kHz,22.5kHz。每个群组中包括两种不同的跳频
间隔,群组1中Δ11=1.25kHz,Δ21=7.5kHz,Δ31=1.25kHz。群组2中Δ12=3.75kHz,Δ22=22.5kHz,Δ32=3.75kHz。两个群组之间的跳频间隔Δ1=7.5kHz。The frequency hopping pattern of the random access preamble in the foregoing embodiment will be described below by taking the subcarrier bandwidth Δf=1.25 kHz as an example. If the random access preamble consists of 8 symbol groups based on single carrier frequency hopping. 8 is two random access preambles (random
从图8中可以看出:首先,每个群组中包括两种不同的跳频间隔;其次,群组1中的第一个符号组和第二个符号组之间的跳频方向,与第三个符号组和第四个符号组之间的跳频方向相反;再次,群组1中第一个符号组和第二个符号组之间的跳频间隔,与第三个符号组和第四个符号组之间的跳频间隔相同。图8所示的跳频图样,具有的好处是通过差分累加的方式,可以消除由于频偏带来的相位影响,从而提升ToA估计的可靠性。此外,群组1和群组2之间的跳频间隔,与群组1中第二个符号组和第三个符号组之间的跳频间隔相等,也可以达到类似的效果。It can be seen from FIG. 8 that, first, each group includes two different hopping intervals; secondly, the frequency hopping direction between the first symbol group and the second symbol group in
此外,图8中,随机接入前导码#2与随机接入前导码#1的跳频图案互相对称,随机接入前导码#2的8个符号组间的跳频间隔,与随机接入前导码#1的8个符号组间的跳频间隔在时间上分布相同,但是随机接入前导码#2的群组1中第一个符号组与第二个符号组的跳频方向,与随机接入前导码#1的群组1中第一个符号组与第二个符号组的跳频方向相反;随机接入前导码#2的群组1中第三个符号组与第四个符号组的跳频方向,与随机接入前导码#1的群组1中第三个符号组与第四个符号组的跳频方向相反;随机接入前导码#2的群组2中第一个符号组与第二个符号组的跳频方向,与随机接入前导码#1的群组2中第一个符号组与第二个符号组的跳频方向相反;随机接入前导码#2的群组2中第三个符号组与第四个符号组的跳频方向,与随机接入前导码#1的群组2中第三个符号组与第四个符号组的跳频方向相反。这样的好处是提高频域资源的利用率。In addition, in FIG. 8, the random access preamble #2 and the random access preamble #1 hopping pattern are mutually symmetric, and the frequency hopping interval between the eight symbol groups of the random access preamble #2, and random access The frequency hopping interval between the eight symbol groups of the preamble #1 is the same in time, but the frequency hopping direction of the first symbol group and the second symbol group in the group 1 of the random access preamble #2, and The first symbol group in the group 1 of the random access preamble #1 is opposite to the frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group; the third symbol group and the fourth group in the group 1 of the random access preamble #2 The frequency hopping direction of the symbol group is opposite to the hopping direction of the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group in the group 1 of the random access preamble #1; the group 2 in the random access preamble #2 The frequency hopping direction of one symbol group and the second symbol group is opposite to the hopping direction of the first symbol group and the second symbol group in group 2 of the random access preamble #1; the random access preamble The frequency hopping direction of the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group in group 2 of #2, and the third symbol group and fourth group in group 2 of random access preamble #1 Hopping opposite direction group number. This has the advantage of increasing the utilization of frequency domain resources.
方式二:所述L个符号组由N个群组构成,所述N个群组中的一个群组包括m个符号组,m为小于4的正整数,所述N个群组中的其他群组中都包括4个符号组。Manner 2: The L symbol groups are composed of N groups, one of the N groups includes m symbol groups, m is a positive integer less than 4, and the other of the N groups Each group includes 4 symbol groups.
为了方便描述,下面以随机接入前导码由基于单载波跳频的4(N-1)+2个符号组为例进行说明,N为大于1的正整数,4(N-1)+2个符号组划分为N个群组。每个符号组由1个CP和E个符号组成,其中E为正整数,一个符号的时长为子载波带宽的倒数。每个符号组只占用一个子载波,符号组之间存在跳频。For convenience of description, the random access preamble is illustrated by 4(N-1)+2 symbol groups based on single carrier frequency hopping. N is a positive integer greater than 1, 4(N-1)+2 The symbol groups are divided into N groups. Each symbol group consists of 1 CP and E symbols, where E is a positive integer and the duration of one symbol is the reciprocal of the subcarrier bandwidth. Each symbol group occupies only one subcarrier, and there is frequency hopping between the symbol groups.
可选的,随机接入前导码的4(N-1)+2个符号组在时间上可以是连续的也可以是不连续的。随机接入前导码的不同重复的副本之间在时间上可以是连续的也可以是不连续的。Optionally, the 4 (N-1)+2 symbol groups of the random access preamble may be continuous or discontinuous in time. The different repeated copies of the random access preamble may be continuous or discontinuous in time.
为了方便描述,由4(N-1)+2个符号组组成的随机接入前导码的跳频图样,下面会引入一些符号进行表述。参照图9,记随机接入前导码以四个符号组为一个群组,群组按照时间顺序记为群组0,群组1,群组2,…,群组N。其中群组0表示两个符号组。除了群组0,在每个群组内,按照时间顺序将符号组记为符号组1、符号组2、符号组3和符号组4。记符号组1、符号组2、符号组3、符号组4的频点为f1k,f2k,f3k,f4k,符号组1和符号组2之间的跳频间隔为Δ1k,符号组2和符号组3之间的跳频间隔为Δ2k,符号组3和符号组4之间的跳频间隔为Δ3k,随机接入前导码子载波带宽为Δf,其中k表示群组索引,k的取值范围为k=1,2,…,N。两个群组之间的跳频间隔为Δg,比如Δ1表示群组1和群组2之间的跳频间隔,g的取值范围为g=1,2,…,N-1。对于群组0,按照时间顺序将符号组记为符号组1和符号组2。记符号组1、符号组2的频点为f10,f20,符号组1和符号组2之间的跳频间隔为Δ10,群组0和群组1之间的跳频间隔为Δ0。下图为一个示意图,为了简洁,图9中对群组0和群组1的相关跳频间隔和各个符号组的频点进
行了标注。For convenience of description, a frequency hopping pattern of a random access preamble composed of 4 (N-1) + 2 symbol groups will be introduced with some symbols. Referring to FIG. 9, the random access preamble is grouped by four symbol groups, and the groups are recorded in time series as
基于上述标记,本实施例中随机接入前导码每个符号组的频点位置可以表示为:Based on the foregoing markings, the frequency position of each symbol group of the random access preamble in this embodiment may be expressed as:
(1)对于每个群组内部:(1) For each group internal:
除了群组0以外的群组:Groups other than group 0:
可选的,符号组1的频点为f1k,符号组2的频点f2k=f1k+Δ1k,符号组3的频点f3k=f2k+Δ2k,符号组4的频点为f4k=f3k+Δ3k。Alternatively, a symbol group of frequency f 1k, the
可选的,符号组1的频点为f1k,符号组2的频点f2k=f1k+Δ1k,符号组3的频点f3k=f2k+Δ2k,符号组4的频点为f4k=f3k-Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of
可选的,符号组1的频点为f1k,符号组2的频点f2k=f1k+Δ1k,符号组3的频点f3k=f2k-Δ2k,符号组4的频点为f4k=f3k+Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of
可选的,符号组1的频点为f1k,符号组2的频点f2k=f1k+Δ1k,符号组3的频点f3k=f2k-Δ2k,符号组4的频点为f4k=f3k-Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of
可选的,符号组1的频点为f1k,符号组2的频点f2k=f1k-Δ1k,符号组3的频点f3k=f2k+Δ2k,符号组4的频点为f4k=f3k+Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of
可选的,符号组1的频点为f1k,符号组2的频点f2k=f1k-Δ1k,符号组3的频点f3k=f2k+Δ2k,符号组4的频点为f4k=f3k-Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of
可选的,符号组1的频点为f1k,符号组2的频点f2k=f1k-Δ1k,符号组3的频点f3k=f2k-Δ2k,符号组4的频点为f4k=f3k+Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of
可选的,符号组1的频点为f1k,符号组2的频点f2k=f1k-Δ1k,符号组3的频点f3k=f2k-Δ2k,符号组4的频点为f4k=f3k-Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of
对于群组0,每个符号组的频点位置可以表示为:For
可选的,符号组1的频点为f10,符号组2的频点f20=f10+Δ10,Optionally, the frequency of
可选的,符号组1的频点为f10,符号组2的频点f20=f10-Δ10。Optionally, the frequency of the
(a)对于群组内的跳频间隔:(a) For the frequency hopping interval within the group:
可选的,除了群组0以外的其他群组:符号组间的跳频间隔至少为2个,且任一所述跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。可选的,所述子载波带宽为3.75/n KHz,其中,n为大于或等于2的正整数。可选的,所述子载波带宽为1.25KHz。Optionally, the group other than the group 0: the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and any one of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth. Optionally, the subcarrier bandwidth is 3.75/n KHz, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2. Optionally, the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 KHz.
可选的,Δ10,Δ1k,Δ2k和Δ3k可以是子载波带宽Δf的整数倍。Alternatively, Δ 10 , Δ 1k , Δ 2k and Δ 3k may be integer multiples of the subcarrier bandwidth Δf.
其中Δ10,Δ1k和Δ3k小于Δ2k,Δ10,Δ1k和Δ3k可以相等,可以不等。优选地,优选地,Δ1k=Δ3k,且小于Δ2k。可选的,Δ10=Δ1k=Δ3k。Where Δ 10 , Δ 1k and Δ 3k are smaller than Δ 2k , Δ 10 , Δ 1k and Δ 3k may be equal and may be unequal. Preferably, preferably Δ 1k = Δ 3k and less than Δ 2k . Alternatively, Δ 10 = Δ 1k = Δ 3k .
例如,Δ11=1.25kHz,Δ21=7.5kHz,Δ31=3.75kHz。再例如,Δ11=1.25kHz,Δ21=7.5kHz,Δ31=1.25kHz。再例如,Δ11=1.25kHz,Δ21=22.5kHz,Δ31=1.25kHz。For example, Δ 11 = 1.25 kHz, Δ 21 = 7.5 kHz, and Δ 31 = 3.75 kHz. For another example, Δ 11 = 1.25 kHz, Δ 21 = 7.5 kHz, and Δ 31 = 1.25 kHz. For another example, Δ 11 = 1.25 kHz, Δ 21 = 22.5 kHz, and Δ 31 = 1.25 kHz.
(b)对于不同群组之间的跳频间隔:(b) For frequency hopping intervals between different groups:
可选的,对于除了群组0以外的其他群组,一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔,与所述N个群组中的另一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔不同。例如,不同群组之间至少有两个群组p和q满足Δ1p≠Δ1q,Δ2p≠Δ2q,Δ3p≠Δ3q。Optionally, for the group other than the
此外,两个群组之间的跳频间隔可以表示为:Δg=f1(g+1)–f4g或者Δg=f4g-f1(g+1)。其中,f1(g+1)为后一个群组的符号组1的频点,f4g为前一个群组的符号组4的频点。Furthermore, the frequency hopping interval between the two groups can be expressed as: Δ g = f 1 (g + 1) - f 4g or Δ g = f 4g - f 1 (g + 1) . Where f 1 (g+1) is the frequency point of the
可选的,群组0和其余N-1个群组的群组间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。Optionally, the hopping interval between the
在群组间和群组内的群号组之间的跳频间隔都采用子载波带宽的整数倍时,根据随机 接入配置信息和预设规则,确定每个群组的各个符号组的频点信息。可选的,所述频点信息通过以下方式确定:根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述第一个符号组的频点位置;根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述L个符号组中每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;根据所述第一个符号组的频点位置和每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述L个符号组的频点位置。When the hopping interval between the group and the group number group in the group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, according to random Accessing configuration information and preset rules, determining frequency point information of each symbol group of each group. Optionally, the frequency point information is determined by determining a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, and determining, according to the starting subcarrier a carrier index number, a symbol group index number of the first symbol group of the random access preamble, and a pseudo random sequence, determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group; determining according to the multiple index expressions a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each of the L symbol groups with respect to a previous symbol group; according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group and each symbol group relative to a previous symbol group The frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction determine the frequency point positions of the L symbol groups.
其中,所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。The preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group, and the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to a previous symbol. The index relationship between the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the group, the frequency point position of the previous symbol group, and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
可选的,任意两个群组之间的跳频间隔Δg是子载波带宽Δf的整数倍,不同群组间可以相同,也可以不同。Optionally, the hopping interval Δ g between any two groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth Δf, and the different groups may be the same or different.
可选的,两个群组之间采用伪随机跳频。在两个群组采用伪随机跳频时,根据随机接入配置信息和预设规则,确定每个群组的各个符号组的频点信息。所述频点信息通过以下方式确定:根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述当前群组的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置;根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;根据所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置和所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述当前群组的各个符号组的频点位置。Optionally, pseudo-random frequency hopping is used between the two groups. When the two groups adopt pseudo-random frequency hopping, the frequency point information of each symbol group of each group is determined according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule. The frequency point information is determined by determining a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, and according to the subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number and a pseudo random sequence of the first symbol group of the current group, determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group; determining according to the multiple index expressions a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group; a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and the current group A frequency point position of each symbol group of the current group is determined by a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group.
其中,所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。The preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group, and the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to a previous symbol. The index relationship between the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the group, the frequency point position of the previous symbol group, and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
其中,伪随机序列c可以是m序列,M序列,gold序列等。伪随机序列c的初始化种子为小区标识或小区标识的函数。The pseudo random sequence c may be an m sequence, an M sequence, a gold sequence, or the like. The initialization seed of the pseudo-random sequence c is a function of the cell identity or cell identity.
对于群组0和群组1之间的跳频间隔:可以是Δ0=f11–f20或者Δ0=f20–f11。群组0和群组1之间也可以采用伪随机跳频。For the frequency hopping interval between
(c)不同群组内的跳频方向:(c) Frequency hopping directions in different groups:
对于群组0以外的其余N个群组:For the remaining N groups other than group 0:
群组内第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频方向,与群组内的第四个符号组相对于第三个符号组的跳频方向相反;群组内符号组间的跳频间隔有两个,第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频间隔,与群组内的第四个符号组相对于第三个符号组的跳频间隔相等;且所述跳频间隔小于第三符号组相对于第二符号组的跳频间隔。The frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group is opposite to the hopping direction of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group; There are two hopping intervals, the hopping interval of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group is equal to the hopping interval of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group; The hopping interval is smaller than the hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group.
其中,群组内第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频方向,与群组内的第三个符号组相对于第二个符号组的跳频方向可以相同,也可以不同。The hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group may be the same as the hopping direction of the third symbol group in the group with respect to the second symbol group, or may be different.
其中,不同的群组:第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频方向可以相同,也可以不同。第三个符号组相对于第二个符号组的跳频方向可以相同,也可以不同。Different groups: the hopping direction of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group may be the same or different. The hopping direction of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group may be the same or different.
其中,不同的群组:第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频间隔可以相同,也可以 不同,第三符号组相对于第二符号组的跳频间隔可以相同,也可以不同。Different groups: the hopping interval of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group may be the same, or Differently, the hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group may be the same or different.
需要说明的是,在终端设备向网络设备发送随机接入前导码时,随机接入前导码的4N+2个符号组在时间上可以是连续的,也可以是不连续的,参照图14。It should be noted that, when the terminal device sends the random access preamble to the network device, the 4N+2 symbol groups of the random access preamble may be continuous or discontinuous in time, as shown in FIG. 14.
需要说明的是,在终端设备需要按照配置的重复次数,向网络设备重复发送随机接入前导码时,随机接入前导码的不同重复的副本之间在时间上可以是连续的,也可以是不连续的,参照图16。It should be noted that, when the terminal device needs to repeatedly send the random access preamble to the network device according to the configured repetition number, the different duplicate copies of the random access preamble may be consecutive in time, or may be For discontinuity, refer to Figure 16.
上述实施例中,采用单载波跳频的方式,峰值平均功率比(Peak to Average Power Ratio,PAPR)PAPR低,有助于提升整个系统的性能,可以实现同时支持更多的用户复用。In the above embodiment, the single-carrier frequency hopping method has a low Peak to Average Power Ratio (PAPR) PAPR, which helps improve the performance of the entire system and can support more user multiplexing at the same time.
上述实施例中,将每个随机接入前导码划分为多个群组,其中一个群组包括少于4个符号组,其余每个群组包括4个符号组,这样包括4个符号组的群组的跳频图案,包括跳频间隔和跳频方向,就可以继承现有技术的特点,有利于简化设计。In the above embodiment, each random access preamble is divided into a plurality of groups, wherein one group includes less than 4 symbol groups, and each of the remaining groups includes 4 symbol groups, thus including 4 symbol groups. The frequency hopping pattern of the group, including the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction, can inherit the characteristics of the prior art and help simplify the design.
上述实施例中,随机接入前导码的格式,包括循环前缀的时间长度,以及每个符号的时间长度支持更窄的子载波带宽,并且跳频间隔也可以为更窄的子载波带宽,例如1.25kHz,可以支持更大的小区半径。In the foregoing embodiment, the format of the random access preamble, including the time length of the cyclic prefix, and the time length of each symbol support a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, and the hopping interval may also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, for example, 1.25 kHz, can support a larger cell radius.
下面以子载波带宽Δf=1.25kHz为例,对上述实施例中的随机接入前导码的跳频图案进行说明。随机接入前导码由基于单载波跳频的6个符号组组成。图10为两个随机接入前导码(随机接入前导码#1和随机接入前导码#2,表示两个不同终端设备在相同时刻发送的随机接入前导码分别用不同的填充表示)在一个重复周期内的跳频示例,图10中#0~#35表示36个子载波,子载波带宽为1.25kHz。随机接入前导码#1和随机接入前导码#2都由6个符号组组成,将6个符号组看成2个群组,一个群组包括2个符号组,一个群组包括4个符号组。预设三种跳频间隔,1.25kHz,3.75kHz,22.5kHz。类似上面的描述,可以将6个符号组看成2个群组。群组0中Δ10=1.25kHz,群组1中Δ11=3.75kHz,Δ21=22.5kHz,Δ31=3.75kHz。两个群组之间的跳频间隔Δ1=1.25kHz。The frequency hopping pattern of the random access preamble in the above embodiment will be described below by taking the subcarrier bandwidth Δf=1.25 kHz as an example. The random access preamble consists of 6 symbol groups based on single carrier frequency hopping. 10 is two random access preambles (random
从图9和图10中可以看出:首先,除了群组0,其余群组都至少包括2种不同跳频间隔;其次,除了群组0,其余群组的第一个符号组和第二个符号组之间的跳频方向,与第三个符号组和第四个符号组之间的跳频方向相反;再次,除了群组0,其余群组的第一个符号组和第二个符号组之间的跳频间隔,与第三个符号组和第四个符号组之间的跳频间隔相同。除了群组0,其余群组的跳频图样,通过差分累加的方式,可以消除由于频偏带来的相位影响,从而提升ToA估计的可靠性。此外,群组之间的跳频间隔,与群组的第二个符号组和第三个符号组之间的跳频间隔相等,也可以达到类似的效果。It can be seen from FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 that, firstly, except for
此外,图10中,随机接入前导码#2与随机接入前导码#1的跳频图案互相对称,随机接入前导码#2的6个符号组间的跳频间隔,与随机接入前导码#1的6个符号组间的跳频间隔在时间上分布相同,但是随机接入前导码#2的群组0中第一个符号组与第二个符号组的跳频方向,与随机接入前导码#1的群组0中第一个符号组与第二个符号组的跳频方向相反;随机接入前导码#2的群组1中第一个符号组与第二个符号组的跳频方向,与随机接入前导码#1的群组1中第一个符号组与第二个符号组的跳频方向相反;随机接入前导码#2的群组1中第三个符号组与第四个符号组的跳频方向,与随机接入前导码#1的群组1中第三个符号组与第四个符号组的跳频方向相反。这样的好处是提高频域资源的利用率。In addition, in FIG. 10, the random
基于上述单载波方案的两种划分群组的方式,本申请提供一种随机接入前导码发送方法,该随机接入前导码发送方法应用于NB-IoT系统,如图6所示,该方法包括:The method for transmitting a random access preamble is applied to the NB-IoT system, as shown in FIG. 6, the method for transmitting a random access preamble according to the foregoing two-carrier scheme. include:
步骤S101,终端设备获取网络设备发送的随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息 用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;Step S101: The terminal device acquires random access configuration information sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is a format for indicating a random access preamble;
步骤S102,所述终端设备根据所述随机接入配置信息和预设规则,确定向所述网络设备发送的随机接入前导码的频点信息;所述频点信息包括所述L个符号组分别对应的频点;Step S102: The terminal device determines, according to the random access configuration information and a preset rule, frequency point information of a random access preamble sent to the network device, where the frequency point information includes the L symbol groups. Corresponding frequency points;
步骤S103,所述终端设备根据所述频点信息,按照所述格式向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导码。Step S103: The terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device according to the frequency point information according to the format.
在步骤S102中,有两种确定随机接入前导码的频点信息的方案。In step S102, there are two schemes for determining the frequency point information of the random access preamble.
(1)基于所有符号组间的跳频间隔均为子载波带宽的整数倍的实现方案。(1) An implementation scheme based on the frequency hopping interval between all symbol groups being an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
针对符号组间的跳频间隔都是为子载波带宽的整数倍的情况,终端设备和网络设备通过协议,双方约定了以下预设规则:For the case where the hopping interval between the symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, the terminal device and the network device pass the protocol, and the two parties agree on the following preset rules:
所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。The preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of a current symbol group, and the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to a previous symbol group. The index relationship between the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction, the frequency point position of the previous symbol group, and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
所述随机接入配置信息包括随机接入前导码的时频资源配置参数,时频资源配置参数至少包括随机接入前导码格式索引或者CP长度,随机接入资源周期,起始子载波频域位置,分配用于随机接入的子载波数,随机接入的重复次数,随机接入起始时刻,随机接入前导码最大重传次数,RSRP门限等。The random access configuration information includes a time-frequency resource configuration parameter of a random access preamble, and the time-frequency resource configuration parameter includes at least a random access preamble format index or a CP length, a random access resource period, and a starting subcarrier frequency domain. Location, the number of subcarriers allocated for random access, the number of repetitions of random access, the start time of random access, the maximum number of retransmissions of random access preamble, and the RSRP threshold.
在符号组间的跳频间隔都是为子载波带宽的整数倍的时,步骤S102具体包括:When the hopping interval between the symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, step S102 specifically includes:
根据所述时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;Determining, according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter, a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the random access preamble, and a pseudo random sequence;
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述L个符号组中每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each of the L symbol groups with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述第一个符号组的频点位置和每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述L个符号组的频点位置。And determining a frequency point position of the L symbol groups according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group.
其中,所述伪随机序列的初始化种子为所述终端设备的物理层小区标识或物理层小区标识的函数。The initialization seed of the pseudo random sequence is a function of a physical layer cell identifier or a physical layer cell identifier of the terminal device.
记第i个符号组的实际频域位置记为nstart为小区内的终端设备的公共起始频域位置,为终端设备根据随机接入配置信息和预设规则确定的第i个符号组的频点,则根据这一表达式可知:第i个符号组的实际频域位置根据终端设备确定的第i个符号组的频点和公共的起始频域位置确定。Record the actual frequency domain position of the i-th symbol group as n start is the common starting frequency domain location of the terminal device in the cell, For the frequency point of the ith symbol group determined by the terminal device according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule, According to this expression, the actual frequency domain position of the i-th symbol group is determined according to the frequency point of the i-th symbol group determined by the terminal device and the common starting frequency domain position.
此外,公共起始频域位置满足 In addition, the common starting frequency domain location is satisfied
其中,ninit为MAC层从中选择的子载波,为随机接入前导码的传输限制,限制在个子载波内。和为终端设备从网络侧获取的随机接入配置参数,其中表示公共的起始子载波频域位置,表示分配用于随机接入的子载波数。Where n init is the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in, The transmission limit for the random access preamble is limited to Within subcarriers. with a random access configuration parameter obtained by the terminal device from the network side, where Indicates the frequency domain location of the common starting subcarrier, Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access.
下面以子载波带宽配置为1.25kHz,随机接入前导码的传输限制在个子载波内,符号组间的跳频范围在36个子载波内为例说明终端设备根据随机接入配置信息和预 设规则确定的第i个符号组的频点的具体示例。The subcarrier bandwidth is configured to be 1.25 kHz, and the transmission of the random access preamble is limited. In the subcarriers, the frequency hopping range between the symbol groups is within 36 subcarriers as an example to illustrate the frequency of the ith symbol group determined by the terminal device according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule. Specific example.
示例一:随机接入前导码由基于单载波跳频的8个符号组组成。随机接入前导码由8个符号组组成,符号组间的跳频间隔都是为子载波带宽的整数倍。Example 1: The random access preamble consists of 8 symbol groups based on single carrier frequency hopping. The random access preamble consists of 8 symbol groups, and the hopping interval between the symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
其中,第i个符号组的频点通过以下的多个索引表达式确定:Where the frequency of the i-th symbol group Determined by the following multiple index expressions:
f(-1)=0f(-1)=0
第一行的索引表达式用于表示第1个符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,第1个符号组的频点位置根据起始子载波的子载波索引号所述随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i和f(i/8)确定,其中,f(i/8)的取值根据伪随机序列c(n)的函数f(t)确定。The index expression of the first row is used to represent an index expression of the frequency point position of the first symbol group, and the frequency position of the first symbol group is based on the subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier. The symbol group index numbers i and f(i/8) of the first symbol group of the random access preamble are determined, wherein the value of f(i/8) is based on a function f of the pseudo-random sequence c(n) (t) OK.
其中,第一行的索引表达式等号左边的表示第1个符号组的频点位置,第一行的索引表达式等号右边的为起始子载波的子载波索引号。Where the first line of the index expression is to the left of the equal sign Indicates the frequency position of the first symbol group, the index of the first line to the right of the equal sign The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier.
起始子载波的子载波索引号满足ninit为MAC层从中选择的子载波,表示时频资源配置参数中包括的分配用于随机接入的子载波数。The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier is satisfied. n init for the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in, Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access included in the time-frequency resource configuration parameters.
第2行至第9行的索引表达式为第i个符号组的频点的索引表达式,第i个符号组的频点的索引表达式表示了第i个符号组相对于第i-1个符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与第i-1个符号组的频点位置、第i个符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。根据第2行至第9行的索引表达式,可以确定第i个符号组相对于第i-1个符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向。按照递推关系,只要确定了第1个符号组的频点位置,根据第i个符号组相对于第i-1个符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,就可以确定第一个符号组之后的每个符号组的频点位置。The index expression of the second row to the 9th row is an index expression of the frequency point of the i-th symbol group, and the index expression of the frequency point of the i-th symbol group represents the i-th symbol group with respect to the i-1th The index relationship between the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the symbol group, the frequency point position of the i-1th symbol group, and the symbol group index number of the ith symbol group. According to the index expression of the second row to the ninth row, the hopping interval and the hopping direction of the i-th symbol group with respect to the i-1th symbol group can be determined. According to the recursive relationship, as long as the frequency position of the first symbol group is determined, the first symbol group can be determined according to the hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the i-th symbol group with respect to the i-1th symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group after that.
其中,伪随机序列c(n)为31长的Gold序列。Gold序列的长度记为MPN,其中n=0,1,...,MPN-1,c(n)可以表示为:Among them, the pseudo-random sequence c(n) is a 31-long Gold sequence. The length of the Gold sequence is denoted as M PN , where n=0,1,...,M PN -1,c(n) can be expressed as:
c(n)=(x1(n+NC)+x2(n+NC))mod2c(n)=(x 1 (n+N C )+x 2 (n+N C ))mod2
x1(n+31)=(x1(n+3)+x1(n))mod2x 1 (n+31)=(x 1 (n+3)+x 1 (n)) mod2
x2(n+31)=(x2(n+3)+x2(n+2)+x2(n+1)+x2(n))mod2x 2 (n+31)=(x 2 (n+3)+x 2 (n+2)+x 2 (n+1)+x 2 (n)) mod2
NC=1600N C =1600
其中,第一个m序列初始化种子满足x1(0)=1,x1(n)=0,n=1,2,...,30,第二个m序列的初始 化种子表示为 Wherein, the first m-sequence initialization seed satisfies x 1 (0)=1, x 1 (n)=0, n=1, 2, . . . , 30, and the initial seed of the second m-sequence is represented as
在本实施例中其中为物理层小区标识。In this embodiment among them It is the physical layer cell identifier.
需要说明的是,随机接入前导码在时间可以重复发送。随机接入前导码的重复次数是由随机接入配置参数确定的。假设随机接入前导码的重复次数为W,W为正整数,重复发送的随机接入前导码依次记为重复0,重复1,…重复W-1。上述多个索引表达式用来计算配置的重复次数为1时,发送的随机接入前导码的第i个符号组的频点在确定首个随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的频点位置时,对于第一行的索引表达式,重复0的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=0,f(i/8)=f(0)。It should be noted that the random access preamble can be repeatedly transmitted at time. The number of repetitions of the random access preamble is determined by the random access configuration parameters. Assume that the number of repetitions of the random access preamble is W, and W is a positive integer. The random access preambles that are repeatedly transmitted are sequentially recorded as
上述多个索引表达式也适用于计算发送的重复次数大于1的随机接入前导码的第i个符号组的频点比如重复次数配置为4,则在确定重复0的第一个符号组的频点位置时,对于第一行的索引表达式,重复0的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=0,f(i/8)=f(0);在确定重复1的第一个符号组的频点位置时,对于第一行的索引表达式,重复1的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=8,f(i/8)=f(1)。在确定重复2的第一个符号组的频点位置时,对于第一行的索引表达式,重复2的随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=16,f(i/8)=f(2)。再比如,在确定重复3的第一个符号组的频点位置时,对于第一行的索引表达式,重复3的随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=24,f(i/8)=f(3)。The above multiple index expressions are also applicable to calculating the frequency of the ith symbol group of the random access preamble whose number of repetitions is greater than one. For example, when the number of repetitions is configured to be 4, when determining the frequency position of the first symbol group of the
需要说明的是,上述表达式仅为示例,并不限制索引表达式的具体表现形式,其它形式的表达也在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be noted that the above expressions are only examples, and do not limit the specific expression of the index expression. Other forms of expression are also within the scope of the present application.
示例二:随机接入前导码由基于单载波跳频的6个符号组组成。随机接入前导码由6个符号组组成,符号组间的跳频间隔都是为子载波带宽的整数倍。Example 2: The random access preamble consists of 6 symbol groups based on single carrier frequency hopping. The random access preamble consists of 6 symbol groups, and the hopping interval between the symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
其中,第i个符号组的频点通过以下的多个索引表达式确定:Where the frequency of the i-th symbol group Determined by the following multiple index expressions:
f(-1)=0f(-1)=0
第一行的索引表达式用于表示第1个符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,第1个符号组的频点位置根据起始子载波的子载波索引号所述随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i和f(i/6)确定,其中,f(i/6)的取值根据伪随机序列c(n)的函数f(t)确定。The index expression of the first row is used to represent an index expression of the frequency point position of the first symbol group, and the frequency position of the first symbol group is based on the subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier. The symbol group index numbers i and f(i/6) of the first symbol group of the random access preamble are determined, wherein the value of f(i/6) is based on a function f of the pseudo-random sequence c(n) (t) OK.
其中,第一行的索引表达式等号左边的表示第1个符号组的频点位置,第一行的索引表达式等号右边的为起始子载波的子载波索引号。 Where the first line of the index expression is to the left of the equal sign Indicates the frequency position of the first symbol group, the index of the first line to the right of the equal sign The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier.
起始子载波的子载波索引号满足ninit为MAC层从中选择的子载波,表示时频资源配置参数中包括的分配用于随机接入的子载波数。The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier is satisfied. n init for the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in, Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access included in the time-frequency resource configuration parameters.
第二行至第七行的索引表达式为第i个符号组的频点的索引表达式,第i个符号组的频点的索引表达式表示了第i个符号组相对于第i-1个符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与第i-1个符号组的频点位置、第i个符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。根据第二行至第七行的的索引表达式,可以确定第i个符号组相对于第i-1个符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向。按照递推关系,只要确定了第1个符号组的频点位置,根据第i个符号组相对于第i-1个符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,就可以确定第一个符号组之后的每个符号组的频点位置。The index expression of the second row to the seventh row is an index expression of the frequency point of the i-th symbol group, and the index expression of the frequency point of the i-th symbol group represents the i-th symbol group with respect to the i-1th The index relationship between the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the symbol group, the frequency point position of the i-1th symbol group, and the symbol group index number of the ith symbol group. According to the index expressions of the second to seventh rows, the hopping interval and the hopping direction of the i-th symbol group with respect to the i-1th symbol group can be determined. According to the recursive relationship, as long as the frequency position of the first symbol group is determined, the first symbol group can be determined according to the hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the i-th symbol group with respect to the i-1th symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group after that.
其中,伪随机序列c(n)为31长的Gold序列。Gold序列的长度记为MPN,其中n=0,1,...,MPN-1,c(n)可以表示为:Among them, the pseudo-random sequence c(n) is a 31-long Gold sequence. The length of the Gold sequence is denoted as M PN , where n=0,1,...,M PN -1,c(n) can be expressed as:
c(n)=(x1(n+NC)+x2(n+NC))mod2c(n)=(x 1 (n+N C )+x 2 (n+N C ))mod2
x1(n+31)=(x1(n+3)+x1(n))mod2x 1 (n+31)=(x 1 (n+3)+x 1 (n)) mod2
x2(n+31)=(x2(n+3)+x2(n+2)+x2(n+1)+x2(n))mod2x 2 (n+31)=(x 2 (n+3)+x 2 (n+2)+x 2 (n+1)+x 2 (n)) mod2
NC=1600,第一个m序列初始化种子满足x1(0)=1,x1(n)=0,n=1,2,...,30,第二个m序列的初始化种子表示为 N C = 1600, the first m-sequence initialization seed satisfies x 1 (0)=1, x 1 (n)=0, n=1, 2,...,30, the initial seed representation of the second m-sequence for
在本实施例中其中为物理层小区标识。In this embodiment among them It is the physical layer cell identifier.
值得说明的是,随机接入前导码在时间可以重复发送。随机接入前导码的重复次数是由随机接入配置参数确定的。假设随机接入前导码的重复次数为W,W为正整数,重复发送的随机接入前导码依次记为重复0,重复1,…重复W-1。上述多个索引表达式用来计算发送的重复次数为1的随机接入前导码的第i个符号组的频点在确定首个随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的频点位置时,对于第一行的索引表达式,重复0的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=0,f(i/6)=f(0)。It is worth noting that the random access preamble can be sent repeatedly at the time. The number of repetitions of the random access preamble is determined by the random access configuration parameters. Assume that the number of repetitions of the random access preamble is W, and W is a positive integer. The random access preambles that are repeatedly transmitted are sequentially recorded as
上述多个索引表达式也适用于计算发送的重复次数大于1的随机接入前导码的第i个符号组的频点比如,配置的重复次数为3,则在确定重复0的第一个符号组的频点位置时,对于第一行的索引表达式,重复0的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=0,f(i/6)=f(0);在确定重复1的第一个符号组的频点位置时,对于第一行的索引表达式,重复1的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=6,f(i/6)=f(1)。再比如,在确定重复2的第一个符号组的频点位置时,对于第一行的索引表达式,重复2的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=12,f(i/6)=f(2)。The above multiple index expressions are also applicable to calculating the frequency of the ith symbol group of the random access preamble whose number of repetitions is greater than one. For example, if the number of repetitions of the configuration is 3, when determining the frequency position of the first symbol group of the
需要说明的是,上述表达式仅为示例,并不限制索引表达式的具体表现形式,其它形式的表达也在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be noted that the above expressions are only examples, and do not limit the specific expression of the index expression. Other forms of expression are also within the scope of the present application.
(2)基于群组间的跳频间隔采用伪随机跳频、群组内的符号组间的跳频间隔均为子载波带宽的整数倍的实现方案。(2) A pseudo-random frequency hopping based on the frequency hopping interval between groups, and the hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
针对群组间的跳频间隔采用伪随机跳频、群组内的符号组间的跳频间隔均为子载波带宽的整数倍的情况,终端设备和网络设备通过协议,双方约定了以下预设规则:The pseudo-random frequency hopping is used for the hopping interval between the groups, and the hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the sub-carrier bandwidth. The terminal device and the network device pass the protocol, and the two parties agree on the following presets. rule:
所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前群组内的当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式;所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。 The preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of a current symbol group in a current group; the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to The indexing relationship between the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the previous symbol group, the frequency point position of the previous symbol group, and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
所述随机接入配置信息包括随机接入前导码的时频资源配置参数,时频资源配置参数至少包括随机接入前导码格式索引或者CP长度,随机接入资源周期,起始子载波频域位置,分配用于随机接入的子载波数,随机接入的重复次数,随机接入起始时刻,随机接入前导码最大重传次数,RSRP门限等。The random access configuration information includes a time-frequency resource configuration parameter of a random access preamble, and the time-frequency resource configuration parameter includes at least a random access preamble format index or a CP length, a random access resource period, and a starting subcarrier frequency domain. Location, the number of subcarriers allocated for random access, the number of repetitions of random access, the start time of random access, the maximum number of retransmissions of random access preamble, and the RSRP threshold.
针对群组间的跳频间隔采用伪随机跳频、群组内的符号组间的跳频间隔均为子载波带宽的整数倍的情况,步骤S102具体包括:For the case where the hopping interval between the groups is pseudo-random hopping, and the hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the sub-carrier bandwidth, the step S102 specifically includes:
根据所述时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;Determining, according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter, a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述当前群组的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency of the first symbol group of the current group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the current group, and a pseudo random sequence Point location
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置和所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述当前群组的各个符号组的频点位置。Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group.
其中,所述伪随机序列的初始化种子为所述终端设备的物理层小区标识或物理层小区标识的函数。The initialization seed of the pseudo random sequence is a function of a physical layer cell identifier or a physical layer cell identifier of the terminal device.
记第i个符号组的实际频域位置记为nstart为小区内的终端设备的公共起始频域位置,为终端设备根据随机接入配置信息和预设规则确定的第i个符号组的频点,则根据这一表达式可知:第i个符号组的实际频域位置根据终端设备确定的第i个符号组的频点和公共的起始频域位置确定。Record the actual frequency domain position of the i-th symbol group as n start is the common starting frequency domain location of the terminal device in the cell, For the frequency point of the ith symbol group determined by the terminal device according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule, According to this expression, the actual frequency domain position of the i-th symbol group is determined according to the frequency point of the i-th symbol group determined by the terminal device and the common starting frequency domain position.
此外,公共起始频域位置满足 In addition, the common starting frequency domain location is satisfied
其中,ninit为MAC层从中选择的子载波,为随机接入前导码的传输限制,限制在个子载波内。和为终端设备从网络侧获取的随机接入配置参数,其中表示公共的起始子载波频域位置,表示分配用于随机接入的子载波数。Where n init is the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in, The transmission limit for the random access preamble is limited to Within subcarriers. with a random access configuration parameter obtained by the terminal device from the network side, where Indicates the frequency domain location of the common starting subcarrier, Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access.
下面以子载波带宽配置为1.25kHz,随机接入前导码的传输限制在个子载波内,符号组间的跳频范围在36个子载波内为例说明终端设备根据随机接入配置信息和预设规则确定的第i个符号组的频点的具体示例。The subcarrier bandwidth is configured to be 1.25 kHz, and the transmission of the random access preamble is limited. In the subcarriers, the frequency hopping range between the symbol groups is within 36 subcarriers as an example to illustrate the frequency of the ith symbol group determined by the terminal device according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule. Specific example.
示例三:随机接入前导码由基于单载波跳频的8个符号组组成。随机接入前导码由8个符号组组成,群组内的符号组间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍,群组间的跳频间隔采用伪随机跳频。Example 3: The random access preamble consists of 8 symbol groups based on single carrier frequency hopping. The random access preamble consists of 8 symbol groups. The frequency hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, and the frequency hopping interval between the groups adopts pseudo random frequency hopping.
其中,第i个符号组的频点通过以下的多个索引表达式确定: Where the frequency of the i-th symbol group Determined by the following multiple index expressions:
f(-1)=0f(-1)=0
第一行的索引表达式用于表示当前群组内的第1个符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,群组内的第1个符号组的频点位置根据起始子载波的子载波索引号发送的随机接入前导码的当前群组内的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i和f(i/4)确定,其中,f(i/4)的取值根据伪随机序列c(n)的函数f(t)确定。The index expression of the first row is used to represent an index expression of the frequency point position of the first symbol group in the current group, and the frequency position of the first symbol group in the group is based on the subcarrier of the starting subcarrier. The index number The symbol group index numbers i and f(i/4) of the first symbol group in the current group of the transmitted random access preamble are determined, wherein the value of f(i/4) is based on the pseudo-random sequence c ( The function f(t) of n) is determined.
其中,第一行的索引表达式等号左边的表示当前群组内的第1个符号组的频点位置,第一行的索引表达式等号右边的为当前群组内的起始子载波的子载波索引号。Where the first line of the index expression is to the left of the equal sign Indicates the frequency position of the first symbol group in the current group, the index of the first line to the right of the equal sign The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier within the current group.
当前群组内的起始子载波的子载波索引号满足ninit为MAC层从中选择的子载波,表示时频资源配置参数中包括的分配用于随机接入的子载波数。The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier in the current group is satisfied. n init for the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in, Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access included in the time-frequency resource configuration parameters.
第二行至第九行的索引表达式为当前群组内的第i个符号组的频点的索引表达式,第i个符号组的频点的索引表达式表示了当前群组内的第i个符号组相对于当前群组内的第i-1个符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与当前群组内的第i-1个符号组的频点位置、当前群组内的第i个符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。根据第二行至第九行的索引表达式,可以确定当前群组内的第i个符号组相对于当前群组内的第i-1个符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向。按照递推关系,只要确定了当前群组内的第1个符号组的频点位置,根据当前群组内的第i个符号组相对于当前群组内的第i-1个符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,就可以确定当前群组内的第一个符号组之后的每个符号组的频点位置。The index expressions of the second row to the ninth row are index expressions of the frequency points of the i-th symbol group in the current group, and the index expression of the frequency points of the i-th symbol group indicates the number in the current group. The frequency hopping interval and frequency hopping direction of the i symbol group relative to the i-1th symbol group in the current group, the frequency point position of the i-1th symbol group in the current group, and the current group group The index relationship between the symbol group index numbers of the i-th symbol group. According to the index expressions of the second row to the ninth row, the hop interval and the hopping direction of the i-th symbol group in the current group with respect to the i-1th symbol group in the current group can be determined. According to the recursive relationship, as long as the frequency point position of the first symbol group in the current group is determined, according to the hop of the i-th symbol group in the current group relative to the i-1th symbol group in the current group In the frequency interval and the frequency hopping direction, the frequency position of each symbol group after the first symbol group in the current group can be determined.
其中,伪随机序列c(n)为31长的Gold序列。Gold序列的长度记为MPN,其中n=0,1,...,MPN-1,c(n)可以表示为:Among them, the pseudo-random sequence c(n) is a 31-long Gold sequence. The length of the Gold sequence is denoted as M PN , where n=0,1,...,M PN -1,c(n) can be expressed as:
c(n)=(x1(n+NC)+x2(n+NC))mod2c(n)=(x 1 (n+N C )+x 2 (n+N C ))mod2
x1(n+31)=(x1(n+3)+x1(n))mod2x 1 (n+31)=(x 1 (n+3)+x 1 (n)) mod2
x2(n+31)=(x2(n+3)+x2(n+2)+x2(n+1)+x2(n))mod2x 2 (n+31)=(x 2 (n+3)+x 2 (n+2)+x 2 (n+1)+x 2 (n)) mod2
NC=1600,第一个m序列初始化种子满足x1(0)=1,x1(n)=0,n=1,2,...,30,第二个m序列的初始化种子表示为 N C = 1600, the first m-sequence initialization seed satisfies x 1 (0)=1, x 1 (n)=0, n=1, 2,...,30, the initial seed representation of the second m-sequence for
在本实施例中其中为物理层小区标识。 In this embodiment among them It is the physical layer cell identifier.
值得说明的是,随机接入前导码在时间可以重复发送。随机接入前导码的重复次数是由随机接入配置参数确定的。假设随机接入前导码的重复次数为W,W为正整数,重复发送的随机接入前导码依次记为重复0,重复1,…重复W-1。上述多个索引表达式用来计算重复次数配置为1的随机接入前导码的当前群组内的第i个符号组的频点在确定首个随机接入前导码的当前群组内的第一个符号组的频点位置时,对于第一行的索引表达式,重复0的第1个群组内的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=0,f(i/4)=f(0),重复0的第2个群组内的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=4,f(i/4)=f(1)。It is worth noting that the random access preamble can be sent repeatedly at the time. The number of repetitions of the random access preamble is determined by the random access configuration parameters. Assume that the number of repetitions of the random access preamble is W, and W is a positive integer. The random access preambles that are repeatedly transmitted are sequentially recorded as
上述多个索引表达式也适用于计算发送的重复次数大于或等于1的随机接入前导码的当前群组内的第i个符号组的频点比如重复次数配置为2,在确定重复0的当前群组内的第一个符号组的频点位置时,对于第一行的索引表达式,重复0的第1个群组内的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=0,f(i/4)=f(0),重复0的第2个群组内的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=4,f(i/4)=f(1);在确定重复1的当前群组内的第一个符号组的频点位置时,对于第一行的索引表达式,重复1的第1个群组内的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=8,f(i/4)=f(2),重复2的随机接入前导码的第2个群组内的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=12,f(i/4)=f(3)。The above multiple index expressions are also applicable to calculating the frequency of the i-th symbol group in the current group of the random access preamble whose number of repetitions is greater than or equal to 1. For example, when the number of repetitions is configured to be 2, when determining the frequency position of the first symbol group in the current group of the
需要说明的是,上述表达式仅为示例,并不限制索引表达式的具体表现形式,其它形式的表达也在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be noted that the above expressions are only examples, and do not limit the specific expression of the index expression. Other forms of expression are also within the scope of the present application.
示例四:随机接入前导码由基于单载波跳频的6个符号组组成。随机接入前导码由6个符号组组成,群组内的符号组间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍,群组间的跳频间隔采用伪随机跳频。Example 4: The random access preamble consists of 6 symbol groups based on single carrier frequency hopping. The random access preamble is composed of 6 symbol groups, and the frequency hopping interval between the symbol groups in the group is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, and the frequency hopping interval between the groups adopts pseudo random frequency hopping.
其中,第i个符号组的频点通过以下的多个索引表达式确定:Where the frequency of the i-th symbol group Determined by the following multiple index expressions:
f(-1)=0f(-1)=0
第一行的索引表达式用于表示第一个群组内的第1个符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,第一个群组内的第1个符号组的频点位置根据起始子载波的子载波索引号发送的随机接入前导码的当前群组内的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i和f(2*i/6)确定,其中,f(2*i/6)的取值根据伪随机序列c(n)的函数f(t)确定。The index expression of the first line is used to represent the index expression of the frequency point position of the first symbol group in the first group, and the frequency position of the first symbol group in the first group is based on the start Subcarrier index number of subcarrier The symbol group index numbers i and f(2*i/6) of the first symbol group in the current group of the transmitted random access preamble are determined, wherein the value of f(2*i/6) is based on the pseudo The function f(t) of the random sequence c(n) is determined.
其中,第一行的索引表达式等号左边的表示当前群组内的第1个符号组的频点位置,第一行的索引表达式等号右边的为当前群组内的起始子载波的子载波索引 号。Where the first line of the index expression is to the left of the equal sign Indicates the frequency position of the first symbol group in the current group, the index of the first line to the right of the equal sign The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier within the current group.
当前群组内的起始子载波的子载波索引号满足ninit为MAC层从中选择的子载波,表示时频资源配置参数中包括的分配用于随机接入的子载波数。The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier in the current group is satisfied. n init for the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in, Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access included in the time-frequency resource configuration parameters.
第二行的索引表达式用于表示第二个群组内的第1个符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,第二个群组内的第1个符号组的频点位置根据起始子载波的子载波索引号发送的随机接入前导码的当前群组内的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i和确定,其中,的取值根据伪随机序列c(n)的函数f(t)确定。The index expression of the second row is used to represent the index expression of the frequency point position of the first symbol group in the second group, and the frequency position of the first symbol group in the second group is based on the start Subcarrier index number of subcarrier The symbol group index number i of the first symbol group in the current group of the transmitted random access preamble Ok, among them, The value is determined according to the function f(t) of the pseudo-random sequence c(n).
其中,第二行的索引表达式等号左边的表示当前群组内的第1个符号组的频点位置,第一行的索引表达式等号右边的为当前群组内的起始子载波的子载波索引号。Where the second line of the index expression is to the left of the equal sign Indicates the frequency position of the first symbol group in the current group, the index of the first line to the right of the equal sign The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier within the current group.
当前群组内的起始子载波的子载波索引号满足ninit为MAC层从中选择的子载波,表示时频资源配置参数中包括的分配用于随机接入的子载波数。The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier in the current group is satisfied. n init for the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in, Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access included in the time-frequency resource configuration parameters.
第三行至第六行的的索引表达式为当前群组内的第i个符号组的频点的索引表达式,第i个符号组的频点的索引表达式表示了当前群组内的第i个符号组相对于当前群组内的第i-1个符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与当前群组内的第i-1个符号组的频点位置、当前群组内的第i个符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。根据第二行至第七行的索引表达式,可以确定当前群组内的第i个符号组相对于当前群组内的第i-1个符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向。按照递推关系,只要确定了当前群组内的第1个符号组的频点位置,根据当前群组内的第i个符号组相对于当前群组内的第i-1个符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,就可以确定当前群组内的第一个符号组之后的每个符号组的频点位置。The index expression of the third row to the sixth row is an index expression of the frequency point of the i-th symbol group in the current group, and the index expression of the frequency point of the i-th symbol group indicates the current group The frequency hopping interval and frequency hopping direction of the i-th symbol group relative to the i-1th symbol group in the current group, and the frequency point position of the i-1th symbol group in the current group, within the current group The index relationship between the symbol group index numbers of the i-th symbol group. According to the index expressions of the second row to the seventh row, the hop interval and the hopping direction of the i-th symbol group in the current group with respect to the i-1th symbol group in the current group may be determined. According to the recursive relationship, as long as the frequency point position of the first symbol group in the current group is determined, according to the hop of the i-th symbol group in the current group relative to the i-1th symbol group in the current group In the frequency interval and the frequency hopping direction, the frequency position of each symbol group after the first symbol group in the current group can be determined.
其中,伪随机序列c(n)为31长的Gold序列。Gold序列的长度记为MPN,其中n=0,1,...,MPN-1,c(n)可以表示为:Among them, the pseudo-random sequence c(n) is a 31-long Gold sequence. The length of the Gold sequence is denoted as M PN , where n=0,1,...,M PN -1,c(n) can be expressed as:
c(n)=(x1(n+NC)+x2(n+NC))mod2c(n)=(x 1 (n+N C )+x 2 (n+N C ))mod2
x1(n+31)=(x1(n+3)+x1(n))mod2x 1 (n+31)=(x 1 (n+3)+x 1 (n)) mod2
x2(n+31)=(x2(n+3)+x2(n+2)+x2(n+1)+x2(n))mod2x 2 (n+31)=(x 2 (n+3)+x 2 (n+2)+x 2 (n+1)+x 2 (n)) mod2
NC=1600,第一个m序列初始化种子满足x1(0)=1,x1(n)=0,n=1,2,...,30,第二个m序列的初始化种子表示为 N C = 1600, the first m-sequence initialization seed satisfies x 1 (0)=1, x 1 (n)=0, n=1, 2,...,30, the initial seed representation of the second m-sequence for
在本实施例中其中为物理层小区标识。In this embodiment among them It is the physical layer cell identifier.
值得说明的是,随机接入前导码在时间可以重复发送。随机接入前导码的重复次数是由随机接入配置参数确定的。假设随机接入前导码的重复次数为W,W为正整数,重复发送的随机接入前导码依次记为重复0,重复1,…重复W-1。上述多个索引表达式用来计算重复次数配置为1时,随机接入前导码的当前群组内的第i个符号组的频点在确定首个随机接入前导码的第1个群组内的第一个符号组的频点位置时,重复0的第1个群组内的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=0,f(2*i/6)=f(0),重复0的第2个群组内的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=2,
It is worth noting that the random access preamble can be sent repeatedly at the time. The number of repetitions of the random access preamble is determined by the random access configuration parameters. Assume that the number of repetitions of the random access preamble is W, and W is a positive integer. The random access preambles that are repeatedly transmitted are sequentially recorded as
上述多个索引表达式也适用于计算发送的重复次数大于1的随机接入前导码的当前群组内的第i个符号组的频点比如重复次数配置为2,在确定重复0的第1个群组内的第一个符号组的频点位置时,重复0的第1个群组内的第一个符号组的符号组索引号
i=0,f(2*i/6)=f(0),重复0的第2个群组内的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=2,在确定重复1的的当前群组内的第一个符号组的频点位置时,重复1的第1个群组内的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=6,f(2*i/6)=f(2),重复1的第2个群组内的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=8,
The above multiple index expressions are also applicable to calculating the frequency of the i-th symbol group in the current group of the random access preamble whose transmission repetition number is greater than one. For example, if the number of repetitions is set to 2, when determining the frequency position of the first symbol group in the first group of the repetition 0, the symbol group index number of the first symbol group in the first group of 0 is repeated. i=0, f(2*i/6)=f(0), the symbol group index number i=2 of the first symbol group in the second group of 0 repetitions, When determining the frequency position of the first symbol group in the current group of the
需要说明的是,上述表达式仅为示例,并不限制索引表达式的具体表现形式,其它形式的表达也在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be noted that the above expressions are only examples, and do not limit the specific expression of the index expression. Other forms of expression are also within the scope of the present application.
基于上述单载波方案,本申请提供一种随机接入前导码发送方法,应用于网络设备侧,具体包括:Based on the foregoing single carrier solution, the present application provides a method for sending a random access preamble, which is applied to a network device side, and specifically includes:
网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;The network device sends random access configuration information to the terminal device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的随机接入前导码,所述随机接入前导码是终端设备根据确定的频点信息按照所述格式发送的,所述随机接入前导码由L个符号组组成,L为大于4的正整数,每相邻两个所述符号组之间存在跳频,每个所述符号组通过一个子载波频点发送,所述频点信息包括所述L个符号组分别对应的频点,所述频点信息是根据所述随机接入配置信息和预设规则确定的。The network device receives a random access preamble sent by the terminal device, where the random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the determined frequency point information according to the format, and the random access preamble is composed of L The symbol group is composed, L is a positive integer greater than 4, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two of the symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups is transmitted by one subcarrier frequency, and the frequency point information includes the L Each of the symbol groups corresponds to a frequency point, and the frequency point information is determined according to the random access configuration information and a preset rule.
可选的,所述L个符号组由N个群组构成,每个群组包括4个符号组,其中N是大于或等于2的正整数;所述N个群组中的一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔,与所述N个群组中的另一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔不同。Optionally, the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, each group includes 4 symbol groups, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2; one of the N groups At least one hopping interval between the symbol groups is different from at least one hopping interval between the symbol groups of the other of the N groups.
可选的,所述L个符号组由N个群组构成,所述N个群组中的一个群组包括m个符号组,m为小于4的正整数,所述N个群组中的其他群组中都包括4个符号组。Optionally, the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and one of the N groups includes m symbol groups, and m is a positive integer less than 4, in the N groups. All other groups include 4 symbol groups.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,用来确定所述频点信息的所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。Optionally, the preset rule used to determine the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current symbol group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups. An index expression of a frequency point position, the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and a frequency point position of the previous symbol group The index relationship between the symbol group index numbers of the current symbol group.
进一步的,所述频点信息通过以下方式确定:Further, the frequency point information is determined by:
根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;Determining, according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the random access preamble, and a pseudo random sequence;
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述L个符号组中每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each of the L symbol groups with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述第一个符号组的频点位置和每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述L个符号组的频点位置。And determining a frequency point position of the L symbol groups according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,用来确定所述频点信息的所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前群组内的当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式;所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。Optionally, the preset rule used to determine the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups. An index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group; the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and the previous symbol group The index position between the frequency point location and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
进一步的,所述频点信息通过以下方式确定:Further, the frequency point information is determined by:
根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引 号;Determining a subcarrier index of the starting subcarrier according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information number;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述当前群组的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency of the first symbol group of the current group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the current group, and a pseudo random sequence Point location
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置和所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述当前群组的各个符号组的频点位置。Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group.
可选的,所述伪随机序列的初始化种子为所述终端设备的物理层小区标识或物理层小区标识的函数。Optionally, the initialization seed of the pseudo random sequence is a function of a physical layer cell identifier or a physical layer cell identifier of the terminal device.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,对于所述N个群组中包括4个符号组的任一群组:符号组间的跳频间隔至少为2个,且任一所述跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。Optionally, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups, for any group that includes four symbol groups in the N groups: the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and Any of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,所述N个群组的群组间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。Optionally, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups, the frequency hopping interval between the groups of the N groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth.
可选的,所述子载波带宽为1.25KHz。Optionally, the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 KHz.
可选的,基于上述两种划分群组的方式,对于所述N个群组中包括4个符号组的任一群组:Optionally, based on the foregoing two methods for grouping groups, for any group of the N groups including 4 symbol groups:
群组内第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频方向,与群组内的第四个符号组相对于第三个符号组的跳频方向相反;The frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group is opposite to the frequency hopping direction of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group;
群组内符号组间的跳频间隔有两个,第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频间隔,与群组内的第四个符号组相对于第三个符号组的跳频间隔相等;且所述跳频间隔小于第三符号组相对于第二符号组的跳频间隔。There are two hopping intervals between the symbol groups in the group, the hopping interval of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group, and the hopping of the fourth symbol group in the group relative to the third symbol group. The frequency spacing is equal; and the frequency hopping interval is smaller than a hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group.
此外,一种可选的实施方式,随机接入前导码由4个符号组组成,采用单载波跳频的方式,跳频间隔可以小于子载波带宽。比如子载波带宽为3.75kHz,4个符号组按照时间顺序记为符号组1,符号组2,符号组3,符号组4,符号组1和符号组2的跳频间隔为1.25kHz,符号组2和符号组3的跳频间隔为22.5kHz,符号组3和符号组4的跳频间隔1.25kHz。符号组1和符号组2的跳频方向与符号组3和符号组4的跳频方向相反。In addition, in an optional implementation manner, the random access preamble is composed of four symbol groups, and the single-carrier frequency hopping mode is adopted, and the hopping interval may be smaller than the sub-carrier bandwidth. For example, the subcarrier bandwidth is 3.75 kHz, and the four symbol groups are chronologically recorded as
应用于网络设备侧的单载波方案的具体内容可以与应用于终端设备侧的单载波方案互相参照,此处不再累述。The specific content of the single-carrier scheme applied to the network device side can be mutually referenced with the single-carrier scheme applied to the terminal device side, and is not described here.
二、多载波跳频方案Second, multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme
对于多载波跳频方案:所述随机接入前导码由4个符号组组成,每个符号组由1个CP和E个符号组成,其中E为正整数,一个符号的时长为子载波带宽的倒数,每个符号组的格式可参照图5。每相邻两个符号组之间存在跳频,每个所述符号组通过两个或两个以上的子载波频点发送。For a multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme, the random access preamble is composed of 4 symbol groups, each symbol group is composed of 1 CP and E symbols, where E is a positive integer, and the duration of one symbol is a subcarrier bandwidth. For the countdown, the format of each symbol group can be referred to Figure 5. There is frequency hopping between each adjacent two symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups is transmitted by two or more subcarrier frequencies.
可选的,每个符号组占用的两个或两个以上的子载波可以是连续的,也可以是不连续的,参照图12。可选的,所述两个子载波频点为相邻频点,或者所述两个以上的子载波频点中至少有两个为相邻频点。Optionally, two or more subcarriers occupied by each symbol group may be continuous or discontinuous, as shown in FIG. Optionally, the two subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points, or at least two of the two or more subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points.
可选的,随机接入前导码的4个符号组在时间上可以是连续的也可以是不连续的,参照图15。随机接入前导码的不同重复的副本之间在时间上可以是连续的也可以是不连续的,参照图16。 Optionally, the four symbol groups of the random access preamble may be continuous or discontinuous in time, as shown in FIG. The different repeated copies of the random access preamble may be continuous or discontinuous in time, see FIG.
可选的,所述两个或两个以上的子载波频点在频域方向上分布的相对位置相同且在跳频过程中保持不变。如果一个符号组内多个子载波的的相对位置在跳频过程中是保持不变的,只要确定符号组内一个子载波的频点位置,其它子载波的频点位置可以按照相对位置进行偏置。Optionally, the relative positions of the two or more subcarrier frequency points distributed in the frequency domain direction are the same and remain unchanged during the frequency hopping process. If the relative positions of multiple subcarriers in a symbol group remain unchanged during frequency hopping, as long as the frequency position of one subcarrier in the symbol group is determined, the frequency position of other subcarriers may be offset according to the relative position. .
可选的,每相邻两个所述符号组之间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍,所述子载波带宽为1.25KHz。Optionally, the hopping interval between each two adjacent symbol groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth, and the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 kHz.
为了方便描述,下面会引入一些符号进行表述。按照时间顺序将符号组记为符号组1、符号组2、符号组3和符号组4。For convenience of description, some symbols will be introduced below for presentation. The symbol groups are recorded in chronological order as
记一个符号组内的子载波个数为N,N为大于2的正整数。多载波中至少两个子载波是相邻的子载波。符号组1、符号组2、符号组3、符号组4的第k个子载波的频点,频点为f1k,f2k,f3k,f4k,符号组1中第k个子载波和符号组2中第k个子载波之间的跳频间隔为Δ1k,符号组2中第k个子载波和符号组3中第k个子载波之间的跳频间隔为Δ2k,符号组3中第k个子载波和符号组4中第k个子载波之间的跳频间隔为Δ3k,随机接入前导码子载波带宽为Δf,其中k表示子载波索引,k的取值范围为k=1,2,…,N。The number of subcarriers in a symbol group is N, and N is a positive integer greater than 2. At least two subcarriers in the multicarrier are adjacent subcarriers. The frequency points of the kth subcarrier of
参照图11,将多载波按照频点由低到高标记为1,2,3。图11中对子载波1的跳频进行了标注。本实施例中随机接入前导码每个符号组的频点位置可以表示为:Referring to Fig. 11, the multicarriers are labeled as low, high, as 1, 2, 3. The frequency hopping of
可选的,符号组1的第k个子载波的频点为f1k,符号组2的第k个子载波的频点f2k=f1k+Δ1k,符号组3的第k个子载波的频点f3k=f2k+Δ2k,符号组4的第k个子载波的频点为f4k=f3k+Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of the kth subcarrier of
可选的,符号组1的第k个子载波的频点为f1k,符号组2的第k个子载波的频点f2k=f1k+Δ1k,符号组3的第k个子载波的频点f3k=f2k+Δ2k,符号组4的第k个子载波的频点为f4k=f3k-Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of the kth subcarrier of
可选的,符号组1的第k个子载波的频点为f1k,符号组2的第k个子载波的频点f2k=f1k+Δ1k,符号组3的第k个子载波的频点f3k=f2k-Δ2k,符号组4的第k个子载波的频点为f4k=f3k+Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of the kth subcarrier of
可选的,符号组1的第k个子载波的频点为f1k,符号组2的第k个子载波的频点f2k=f1k+Δ1k,符号组3的第k个子载波的频点f3k=f2k-Δ2k,符号组4的第k个子载波的频点为f4k=f3k-Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of the kth subcarrier of
可选的,符号组1的第k个子载波的频点为f1k,符号组2的第k个子载波的频点f2k=f1k-Δ1k,符号组3的第k个子载波的频点f3k=f2k+Δ2k,符号组4的第k个子载波的频点为f4k=f3k+Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of the kth subcarrier of
可选的,符号组1的第k个子载波的频点为f1k,符号组2的第k个子载波的频点f2k=f1k-Δ1k,符号组3的第k个子载波的频点f3k=f2k+Δ2k,符号组4的第k个子载波的频点为f4k=f3k-Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of the kth subcarrier of
可选的,符号组1的第k个子载波的频点为f1k,符号组2的第k个子载波的频点f2k=f1k-Δ1k,符号组3的第k个子载波的频点f3k=f2k-Δ2k,符号组4的第k个子载波的频点为f4k=f3k+Δ3k。Optionally, the frequency of the kth subcarrier of
可选的,符号组1的第k个子载波的频点为f1k,符号组2的第k个子载波的频点f2k=f1k-Δ1k,符号组3的第k个子载波的频点f3k=f2k-Δ2k,符号组4的第k个子载波的频点为f4k=f3k-Δ3k。
Optionally, the frequency of the kth subcarrier of
可选的,对于符号组之间的跳频间隔至少为2个,且任一所述跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。可选的,所述子载波带宽为3.75/n KHz,其中,n为大于或等于2的正整数。Optionally, the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and any one of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth. Optionally, the subcarrier bandwidth is 3.75/n KHz, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
可选的,所述子载波带宽为1.25KHz。Optionally, the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 KHz.
可选的,Δ1k,Δ2k和Δ3k是子载波带宽Δf的整数倍。Δ1k和Δ3k小于Δ2k,Δ1k和Δ3k-可以相等,可以不等。优选地,Δ1k=Δ3k。Alternatively, Δ 1k , Δ 2k and Δ 3k are integer multiples of the subcarrier bandwidth Δf. Δ 1k and Δ 3k are smaller than Δ 2k , and Δ 1k and Δ 3k − may be equal and may be unequal. Preferably, Δ 1k = Δ 3k .
可选的,群组内符号组间的跳频间隔有两个,第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频间隔,与群组内的第四个符号组相对于第三个符号组的跳频间隔相等;且所述跳频间隔小于第三符号组相对于第二符号组的跳频间隔。即Δ1k=Δ3k,且小于Δ2k。Optionally, there are two frequency hopping intervals between the symbol groups in the group, the hopping interval of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group, and the third symbol group in the group relative to the third The hopping intervals of the symbol groups are equal; and the hopping interval is smaller than the hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group. That is, Δ 1k = Δ 3k and less than Δ 2k .
可选的,对于跳频方向:第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频方向,与第四个符号组相对于第三个符号组的跳频方向相反;其中,第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频方向,与第三个符号组相对于第二个符号组的跳频方向可以相同,也可以不同。Optionally, for the frequency hopping direction: the frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group is opposite to the frequency hopping direction of the fourth symbol group with respect to the third symbol group; wherein, the second The frequency hopping direction of the symbol group with respect to the first symbol group may be the same as or different from the frequency hopping direction of the third symbol group with respect to the second symbol group.
可选的,对于多载波跳频,每个符号组内N个子载波上承载的基序列应该优选PAPR较小的序列。每个子载波内每个符号上承载相同的序列,可以相同可以不同。Optionally, for multi-carrier frequency hopping, the base sequence carried on the N sub-carriers in each symbol group should preferably have a smaller PAPR sequence. Each symbol in each subcarrier carries the same sequence, which may be the same or different.
符号组内每个子载波上承载的序列可以相同,比如每个子载波上承载的序列为a,N个子载波可以承载的序列为a可以为实数,比如1或者-1,a也可以为复数,比如j或者-j,其中j表示虚数单位,满足j2=-1。The sequence carried on each subcarrier in the symbol group may be the same. For example, the sequence carried on each subcarrier is a, and the sequence that the N subcarriers can carry is a can be a real number, such as 1 or -1, a can also be a complex number, such as j or -j, where j represents an imaginary unit and satisfies j 2 = -1.
对于4个符号组中任意两个符号组,记为符号组A和符号组B,符号组A的第1个子载波上的符号和符号组B的第1个子载波上的符号承载的序列可以相同,符号组A的第2个子载波上的符号和符号组B的第2个子载波上的符号承载的序列可以相同…符号组A的第E个子载波上的符号和符号组B的第E个子载波上的符号上承载的序列可以相同,比如符号组A和符号组B上每个子载波上的符号承载的序列均为a,a可以为实数,比如1或者-1,a也可以为复数,比如j或者-j,其中j表示虚数单位,满足j2=-1。For any two of the four symbol groups, denoted as symbol group A and symbol group B, the symbols on the first subcarrier of symbol group A and the symbols on the first subcarrier of symbol group B may be the same. The symbol on the second subcarrier of symbol group A and the symbol on the second subcarrier of symbol group B may be the same... the symbol on the Eth subcarrier of symbol group A and the Eth subcarrier of symbol group B The sequence carried on the symbol on the symbol may be the same. For example, the sequence carried by the symbol on each subcarrier on the symbol group A and the symbol group B is a, a may be a real number, such as 1 or -1, and a may also be a complex number. j or -j, where j represents an imaginary unit and satisfies j 2 =-1.
对于L个符号组中任意两个符号组,记为符号组A和符号组B,符号组A的第1个子载波上的符号和符号组B的第1个子载波上的符号上承载的序列可以不同,符号组A的第2个子载波上的符号和符号组B的第2个子载波上的符号上承载的序列可以不同…符号组A的第E个子载波上的符号和符号组B的第E个子载波上的符号上承载的序列可以不同,比如符号组A内每个子载波上的符号承载的序列均为a,a可以为实数,比如1或者-1,a也可以为复数,比如j或者-j,其中j表示虚数单位,满足j2=-1。符号组B内每个子载波上的符号承载的序列均为b,b和a不同,b可以为实数,比如1或者-1,b也可以为复数,比如j或者-j,其中j表示虚数单位,满足j2=-1。For any two symbol groups in the L symbol groups, denoted as symbol group A and symbol group B, the symbols on the first subcarrier of symbol group A and the sequences carried on the symbols on the first subcarrier of symbol group B may be Different, the symbol on the second subcarrier of symbol group A and the sequence on the symbol on the second subcarrier of symbol group B may be different... the symbol on the Eth subcarrier of symbol group A and the Eth of symbol group B The sequence carried on the symbols on the subcarriers may be different. For example, the sequence carried by the symbols on each subcarrier in the symbol group A is a, a may be a real number, such as 1 or -1, and a may also be a complex number, such as j or -j, where j represents an imaginary unit and satisfies j 2 =-1. The sequence of symbols carried on each subcarrier in symbol group B is b, b and a are different, b can be a real number, such as 1 or -1, and b can also be a complex number, such as j or -j, where j represents an imaginary unit. , satisfying j 2 =-1.
符号组内每个子载波上承载的序列可以不同。The sequence carried on each subcarrier within a symbol group can be different.
以3个子载波跳频为例,在每个符号组内三个子载波上承载的序列可以是NB-IoT3-tone解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS)序列。Taking three subcarrier frequency hopping as an example, the sequence carried on three subcarriers in each symbol group may be a NB-IoT3-tone Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) sequence.
NB-IoT 3-tone DMRS序列可以表示为:ru(n)=ejαnejφ(n)π/4,其中,其中为物理层小区标识。参数具体取值参见下表5。The NB-IoT 3-tone DMRS sequence can be expressed as: r u (n)=e jαn e jφ(n)π/4 , where among them It is the physical layer cell identifier. See Table 5 below for the specific values of the parameters.
其中,α的取值集合为{0,2π/3,4π/3}。α可以通过系统消息,RRC信令,MAC控制元素(Control Element,CE),或者通过下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)通知。Wherein, the set of values of α is {0, 2π/3, 4π/3}. α can be notified by system message, RRC signaling, MAC Control Element (CE), or by Downlink Control Information (DCI).
上述实施例中,对于覆盖等级好的终端设备可以采用多载波跳频的方式。In the foregoing embodiment, a multi-carrier frequency hopping manner may be adopted for a terminal device with a good coverage level.
上述实施例中,随机接入前导码的格式,包括循环前缀的时间长度,以及每个符号的 时间长度支持更窄的子载波带宽,并且跳频间隔也可以为更窄的子载波带宽,例如1.25kHz,可以支持更大的小区半径。In the foregoing embodiment, the format of the random access preamble includes the length of the cyclic prefix, and the symbol of each symbol. The length of time supports a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, and the hopping interval can also be a narrower subcarrier bandwidth, such as 1.25 kHz, which can support a larger cell radius.
表5table 5
下面以子载波带宽Δf=1.25kHz为例,对上述实施例中的随机接入前导码的多载波跳频图案进行说明。参照图13,随机接入前导码由基于三个子载波跳频的4个符号组组成,以每个符号组中第一个子载波为例,符号组间包括两种跳频间隔,3.75kHz,22.5kHz。Δ11=3.75kHz,Δ21=22.5kHz,Δ31=3.75kHz。根据图13,第一个符号组和第二个符号组之间的跳频方向,与第三个符号组和第四个符号组之间的跳频方向相反;第一个符号组和第二个符号组之间的跳频间隔,与第三个符号组和第四个符号组之间的跳频间隔相同,这样通过差分累加的方式,可以消除由于频偏带来的相位影响,从而提升ToA估计的可靠性。The multi-carrier frequency hopping pattern of the random access preamble in the above embodiment will be described below by taking the subcarrier bandwidth Δf=1.25 kHz as an example. Referring to FIG. 13, the random access preamble is composed of four symbol groups based on three subcarrier frequency hopping, taking the first subcarrier in each symbol group as an example, and the symbol group includes two hopping intervals, 3.75 kHz. 22.5 kHz. Δ 11 = 3.75 kHz, Δ 21 = 22.5 kHz, Δ 31 = 3.75 kHz. According to FIG. 13, the frequency hopping direction between the first symbol group and the second symbol group is opposite to the frequency hopping direction between the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group; the first symbol group and the second symbol group The hopping interval between the symbol groups is the same as the hopping interval between the third symbol group and the fourth symbol group, so that the phase addition due to the frequency offset can be eliminated by differential accumulation, thereby improving ToA estimates the reliability.
此外,根据图13,各个子载波跳频的图案和现有跳频图案一样,可以继承现有跳频图案的特点。多载波一起跳频方案的设计便于利用已有的资源配置,可以节省信令开销。In addition, according to FIG. 13, the pattern of the frequency hopping of each subcarrier is the same as the existing frequency hopping pattern, and the characteristics of the existing frequency hopping pattern can be inherited. The multi-carrier together frequency hopping scheme is designed to facilitate the utilization of existing resource configurations and save signaling overhead.
基于上述多载波方案,本申请提供一种按照多载波方案发送随机接入前导码的方法,该随机接入前导码发送方法应用于NB-IoT系统,应用于终端设备,该方法包括:Based on the foregoing multi-carrier scheme, the present application provides a method for transmitting a random access preamble according to a multi-carrier scheme, where the random access preamble transmission method is applied to a NB-IoT system, and is applied to a terminal device, where the method includes:
终端设备获取网络设备发送的随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;The terminal device acquires random access configuration information sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
所述终端设备根据所述随机接入配置信息和预设规则,确定向所述网络设备发送的随机接入前导码的频点信息;所述频点信息包括所述L个符号组分别对应的频点;Determining frequency point information of a random access preamble sent to the network device according to the random access configuration information and a preset rule; the frequency point information includes corresponding to the L symbol groups respectively Frequency;
所述终端设备根据所述频点信息,按照所述格式向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导码。The terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device according to the frequency point information according to the format.
对于多载波方案,4个符号组间的跳频间隔都是子载波带宽的整数倍,终端设备和网络设备通过协议,双方约定了以下预设规则:For the multi-carrier scheme, the hopping interval between the four symbol groups is an integer multiple of the sub-carrier bandwidth. The terminal device and the network device pass the protocol, and the two parties agree on the following preset rules:
所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。The preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of a current symbol group, and the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to a previous symbol group. The index relationship between the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction, the frequency point position of the previous symbol group, and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
所述随机接入配置信息包括随机接入前导码的时频资源配置参数,时频资源配置参数至少包括随机接入前导码格式索引或者CP长度,随机接入资源周期,起始子载波频域位置,分配用于随机接入的子载波数,随机接入的重复次数,随机接入起始时刻,随机接入 前导码最大重传次数,RSRP门限等。The random access configuration information includes a time-frequency resource configuration parameter of a random access preamble, and the time-frequency resource configuration parameter includes at least a random access preamble format index or a CP length, a random access resource period, and a starting subcarrier frequency domain. Location, the number of subcarriers allocated for random access, the number of repetitions of random access, the start time of random access, random access The maximum number of retransmissions of the preamble, the RSRP threshold, and so on.
所述终端设备根据所述随机接入配置信息和预设规则,确定向所述网络设备发送的随机接入前导码的频点信息具体包括:The determining, by the terminal device, the frequency point information of the random access preamble sent to the network device according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule, specifically:
根据所述时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;Determining, according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter, a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the random access preamble, and a pseudo random sequence;
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述4个符号组中每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each of the four symbol groups with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述第一个符号组的频点位置和每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述4个符号组的频点位置。And determining a frequency point position of the four symbol groups according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group.
其中,所述伪随机序列的初始化种子为所述终端设备的物理层小区标识或物理层小区标识的函数。The initialization seed of the pseudo random sequence is a function of a physical layer cell identifier or a physical layer cell identifier of the terminal device.
记第i个符号组的第k个子载波的实际频域位置记为nstart为小区内的终端设备的公共起始频域位置,为终端设备根据随机接入配置信息和预设规则确定的第i个符号组的第k个子载波的频点,则根据这一表达式可知:第i个符号组的第k个子载波的实际频域位置根据终端设备确定的第i个符号组的频点和公共的起始频域位置确定。The actual frequency domain position of the kth subcarrier of the ith symbol group is recorded as n start is the common starting frequency domain location of the terminal device in the cell, For the frequency point of the kth subcarrier of the ith symbol group determined by the terminal device according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule, According to this expression, the actual frequency domain position of the kth subcarrier of the i th symbol group is determined according to the frequency point of the i th symbol group determined by the terminal device and the common starting frequency domain position.
此外,公共起始频域位置满足 In addition, the common starting frequency domain location is satisfied
其中,ninit为MAC层从中选择的子载波,为随机接入前导码的传输限制,限制在个子载波内。和为终端设备从网络侧获取的随机接入配置参数,其中表示公共的起始子载波频域位置,表示分配用于随机接入的子载波数。Where n init is the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in, The transmission limit for the random access preamble is limited to Within subcarriers. with a random access configuration parameter obtained by the terminal device from the network side, where Indicates the frequency domain location of the common starting subcarrier, Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access.
下面以随机接入前导码由基于多载波跳频的4个符号组组成,符号组间的跳频间隔都是为子载波带宽的整数倍,子载波带宽配置为1.25kHz,随机接入前导码的传输限制在个子载波内,符号组间的跳频范围在36个子载波内为例说明终端设备根据随机接入配置信息和预设规则确定的第i个符号组的第k个子载波的频点的具体示例。The following is a random access preamble consisting of four symbol groups based on multi-carrier frequency hopping. The hopping interval between symbol groups is an integer multiple of the sub-carrier bandwidth, and the sub-carrier bandwidth is configured to be 1.25 kHz, and the random access preamble is used. Transmission limit In the subcarriers, the frequency hopping range between the symbol groups is within 36 subcarriers as an example to illustrate the frequency of the kth subcarrier of the ith symbol group determined by the terminal device according to the random access configuration information and the preset rule. Specific example.
其中,第i个符号组的第k个子载波的频点位置通过以下的多个索引表达式确定:Wherein, the frequency position of the kth subcarrier of the i-th symbol group Determined by the following multiple index expressions:
f(-1)=0f(-1)=0
其中,第一行的索引表达式用于表示第1个符号组的第k个子载波的频点位置的索引 表达式,第1个符号组的第k个子载波的频点位置根据起始子载波的子载波索引号所述随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的第k个子载波的符号组索引号i和f(i/4)确定,其中,f(i/4)的取值根据伪随机序列c(n)的函数f(t)确定。The index expression of the first row is used to represent an index expression of the frequency position of the kth subcarrier of the first symbol group, and the frequency position of the kth subcarrier of the first symbol group is based on the starting subcarrier. Subcarrier index number The symbol group index numbers i and f(i/4) of the kth subcarrier of the first symbol group of the random access preamble are determined, wherein the value of f(i/4) is based on a pseudo random sequence c ( The function f(t) of n) is determined.
其中,第一行的索引表达式等号左边的表示第1个符号组的第k个子载波的频点位置,第一行的索引表达式等号右边的为起始子载波的子载波索引号。Where the first line of the index expression is to the left of the equal sign Indicates the frequency position of the kth subcarrier of the first symbol group, the index of the first line to the right of the equal sign The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier.
起始子载波的子载波索引号满足ninit为MAC层从中选择的子载波,表示时频资源配置参数中包括的分配用于随机接入的子载波数。The subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier is satisfied. n init for the MAC layer from The subcarrier selected in, Indicates the number of subcarriers allocated for random access included in the time-frequency resource configuration parameters.
第2行至第5行的索引表达式为第i个符号组的第k个子载波的频点的索引表达式,第i个符号组的第k个子载波的频点的索引表达式表示了第i个符号组的第k个子载波的相对于第i-1个符号组的第k个子载波的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与第i-1个符号组的第k个子载波的频点位置、第i个符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。根据第2行至第5行的索引表达式,可以确定第i个符号组相对于第i-1个符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向。按照递推关系,只要确定了第1个符号组的第k个子载波的频点位置,根据第i个符号组相对于第i-1个符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,就可以确定第一个符号组之后的每个符号组的第k个子载波的频点位置。The index expression of the second row to the fifth row is an index expression of the frequency point of the kth subcarrier of the i th symbol group, and the index expression of the frequency point of the kth subcarrier of the i th symbol group indicates the The hopping interval and frequency hopping direction of the kth subcarrier of the i symbol group with respect to the kth subcarrier of the i-1th symbol group, and the frequency position of the kth subcarrier of the i-1th symbol group The index relationship between the symbol group index numbers of the i-th symbol group. According to the index expression of the second row to the fifth row, the hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the i-th symbol group with respect to the i-1th symbol group can be determined. According to the recursive relationship, as long as the frequency position of the kth subcarrier of the first symbol group is determined, according to the hop interval and the frequency hopping direction of the i th symbol group with respect to the i-1th symbol group, it can be determined. The frequency position of the kth subcarrier of each symbol group after the first symbol group.
其中,伪随机序列c(n)为31长的Gold序列。Gold序列的长度记为MPN,其中n=0,1,...,MPN-1,c(n)可以表示为:Among them, the pseudo-random sequence c(n) is a 31-long Gold sequence. The length of the Gold sequence is denoted as M PN , where n=0,1,...,M PN -1,c(n) can be expressed as:
c(n)=(x1(n+NC)+x2(n+NC))mod2c(n)=(x 1 (n+N C )+x 2 (n+N C ))mod2
x1(n+31)=(x1(n+3)+x1(n))mod2x 1 (n+31)=(x 1 (n+3)+x 1 (n)) mod2
x2(n+31)=(x2(n+3)+x2(n+2)+x2(n+1)+x2(n))mod2x 2 (n+31)=(x 2 (n+3)+x 2 (n+2)+x 2 (n+1)+x 2 (n)) mod2
NC=1600,第一个m序列初始化种子满足x1(0)=1,x1(n)=0,n=1,2,...,30,第二个m序列的初始化种子表示为 N C = 1600, the first m-sequence initialization seed satisfies x 1 (0)=1, x 1 (n)=0, n=1, 2,...,30, the initial seed representation of the second m-sequence for
在本实施例中其中为物理层小区标识。In this embodiment among them It is the physical layer cell identifier.
值得说明的是,随机接入前导码在时间可以重复发送。随机接入前导码的重复次数是由随机接入配置参数确定的。假设随机接入前导码的重复次数为W,W为正整数,重复发送的随机接入前导码依次记为重复0,重复1,…重复W-1。上述多个索引表达式用来计算发送的重复次数配置为0的随机接入前导码的第i个符号组的第k个子载波的频点在确定首个随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的第k个子载波的频点位置时,对于第一行的索引表达式,重复为0的随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=0,f(i/4)=f(0)。It is worth noting that the random access preamble can be sent repeatedly at the time. The number of repetitions of the random access preamble is determined by the random access configuration parameters. Assume that the number of repetitions of the random access preamble is W, and W is a positive integer. The random access preambles that are repeatedly transmitted are sequentially recorded as
上述多个索引表达式也适用于计算发送的重复次数大于1的随机接入前导码的第i个符号组的第k个子载波的频点比如,重复次数配置为3,在确定重复0的第一个符号组的第k个子载波的频点位置时,对于第一行的索引表达式,重复为0的随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=0,f(i/4)=f(0);在确定重复1的随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的第k个子载波的频点位置时,对于第一行的索引表达式,重复1的随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=4,f(i/4)=f(1)。再比如,在确定重复2的随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的第k个子载波的频点位置时,对于第一行的索引表达式,重复2的随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号i=8,f(i/4)=f(2)。The above multiple index expressions are also applicable to calculating the frequency of the kth subcarrier of the i th symbol group of the random access preamble whose transmission repetition number is greater than 1. For example, the number of repetitions is configured to be 3. When determining the frequency position of the kth subcarrier of the first symbol group of the
需要说明的是,上述表达式仅为示例,并不限制索引表达式的具体表现形式,其它形式的表达也在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be noted that the above expressions are only examples, and do not limit the specific expression of the index expression. Other forms of expression are also within the scope of the present application.
对于多载波方案,本申请还提供一种应用在网络设备侧的随机接入前导码发送方法, 具体包括:For a multi-carrier scheme, the present application further provides a method for transmitting a random access preamble applied on a network device side, Specifically include:
网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入配置信息,随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;The network device sends random access configuration information to the terminal device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
网络设备接收终端设备发送的随机接入前导码;The network device receives a random access preamble sent by the terminal device;
其中,随机接入前导码是终端设备根据确定的频点信息按照格式发送的,随机接入前导码由4个符号组组成,每相邻两个符号组之间存在跳频,每个符号组通过两个或两个以上的子载波频点发送,频点信息包括L个符号组分别对应的频点;频点信息是根据随机接入配置信息和预设规则确定的。The random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the determined frequency point information, and the random access preamble is composed of 4 symbol groups, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two symbol groups, and each symbol group The frequency point information includes frequency points corresponding to the L symbol groups respectively; the frequency point information is determined according to the random access configuration information and a preset rule.
可选的,两个子载波频点为相邻频点,或者两个以上的子载波频点中至少有两个为相邻频点。Optionally, the two subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points, or at least two of the two or more subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points.
可选的,两个或两个以上的子载波频点在频域方向上分布的相对位置相同且在跳频过程中保持不变。Optionally, the relative positions of the two or more subcarrier frequency points distributed in the frequency domain direction are the same and remain unchanged during the frequency hopping process.
可选的,每相邻两个符号组之间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍,子载波带宽为1.25KHz。Optionally, the hopping interval between each adjacent two symbol groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth, and the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 kHz.
三、单载波跳频方案和多载波跳频方案并存Third, single carrier frequency hopping scheme and multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme coexist
基于上述单载波方案和多载波方案,本申请提供一种随机接入前导码发送方法,能够在单载波跳频方案和多载波跳频方案都支持时,根据终端设备自身条件来选择随机接入前导码按照单载波发送还是按照多载波方式发送,即终端设备自身条件来选择通过一个子载波频点发送新格式的随机接入前导码的每个所述符号组,还是通过两个或两个以上的子载波频点发送新格式的随机接入前导码的每个所述符号组。Based on the single-carrier scheme and the multi-carrier scheme, the present application provides a random access preamble transmission method, which can select random access according to the conditions of the terminal device when both the single-carrier frequency hopping scheme and the multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme are supported. Whether the preamble is transmitted according to a single carrier or a multi-carrier method, that is, the terminal device itself selects whether to transmit each of the symbol groups of the new format random access preamble through one subcarrier frequency, or through two or two The above subcarrier frequency points transmit each of the symbol groups of the new format random access preamble.
基于上述实施例的随机接入前导码的新格式,以及发送随机接入前导码的单载波方案或者多载波方案,本申请提供一种随机接入前导码发送方法,应用于终端设备侧,如图17所示,具体包括:Based on the new format of the random access preamble and the single carrier scheme or the multi-carrier scheme for transmitting the random access preamble, the present application provides a method for transmitting a random access preamble, which is applied to the terminal device side, such as As shown in Figure 17, the specific includes:
步骤S201,终端设备获取网络设备发送的随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;Step S201: The terminal device acquires random access configuration information that is sent by the network device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble.
具体的,可以在系统消息中通知多载波跳频方案的格式,以及该格式对应的随机接入配置参数。同时也通知单载波跳频方案的格式,以及该格式对应的随机接入配置参数。这两种格式的随机接入配置参数,都可包括随机接入前导码格式索引或者CP长度,随机接入资源周期,起始子载波频域位置,分配用于随机接入的子载波数,随机接入的重复次数,随机接入起始时刻,随机接入前导码最大重传次数,RSRP(Reference Signal Received Power,参考信号接收功率)门限等。Specifically, the format of the multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme and the random access configuration parameter corresponding to the format may be notified in the system message. The format of the single carrier frequency hopping scheme is also notified, and the random access configuration parameters corresponding to the format are also reported. The random access configuration parameters of the two formats may include a random access preamble format index or a CP length, a random access resource period, a starting subcarrier frequency domain location, and a number of subcarriers allocated for random access. The number of repetitions of random access, the start time of random access, the maximum number of retransmissions of random access preamble, and the threshold of RSRP (Reference Signal Received Power).
步骤S202,所述终端设备根据所述随机接入配置信息和参考信号接收功率的测量值,确定所述随机接入前导码的发送方式;Step S202, the terminal device determines, according to the random access configuration information and the measured value of the received power of the reference signal, a sending manner of the random access preamble;
其中,所述发送方式为通过一个子载波频点发送每个所述符号组,或者通过两个或两个以上的子载波频点发送每个所述符号组;The sending manner is to send each of the symbol groups by one subcarrier frequency point, or send each of the symbol groups by two or more subcarrier frequency points;
由于多载波跳频方案的PAPR相比单载波跳频方案要高一些,终端设备根据测量的RSRP和从随机接入配置参数获取的RSRP门限确定覆盖等级,比如覆盖条件好的用户选择多载波跳频方案对应的资源,随机接入前导码采用多载波跳频方案的格式。覆盖条件差的用户选择单载波跳频方案对应的资源,随机接入前导码采用单载波跳频方案的格式。Since the PAPR of the multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme is higher than the single-carrier frequency hopping scheme, the terminal device determines the coverage level according to the measured RSRP and the RSRP threshold obtained from the random access configuration parameter, for example, the user with good coverage condition selects the multi-carrier hopping. For the resource corresponding to the frequency scheme, the random access preamble adopts the format of the multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme. The user with poor coverage condition selects the resource corresponding to the single carrier frequency hopping scheme, and the random access preamble adopts the format of the single carrier frequency hopping scheme.
步骤S203,根据所述发送方式和所述格式,向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导码。 Step S203: Send a random access preamble to the network device according to the sending manner and the format.
进一步的,步骤S202,包括:所述终端设备根据参考信号功率的测量值和所述随机接入配置信息中包括的参考信号接收功率门限确定所述终端设备的覆盖等级;所述终端设备根据所述覆盖等级确定所述随机接入前导码的发送方式。Further, in step S202, the terminal device determines, according to the measured value of the reference signal power and the reference signal received power threshold included in the random access configuration information, the coverage level of the terminal device; The coverage level determines the manner in which the random access preamble is transmitted.
进一步的,步骤S203,包括:根据所述发送方式,获取所述发送方式对应的预设规则和随机接入配置信息;根据所述预设规则和所述随机接入配置信息,确定向所述网络设备发送的随机接入前导码的频点信息;所述终端设备根据所述频点信息,按照所述格式向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导码。Further, the step S203 includes: acquiring, according to the sending manner, a preset rule and random access configuration information corresponding to the sending manner; and determining, according to the preset rule and the random access configuration information, The frequency point information of the random access preamble sent by the network device; the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device according to the frequency point information according to the format.
需要说明的是。在确定随机接入前导码的发送方式之后,终端设备根据预设规则和随机接入配置信息,确定向所述网络设备发送的随机接入前导码的频点信息的具体内容参见上述实施例中的单载波方案或者多载波方案,此处不再累述。It should be noted. After determining the transmission mode of the random access preamble, the terminal device determines, according to the preset rule and the random access configuration information, specific content of the frequency point information of the random access preamble sent to the network device, where the foregoing embodiment is used. The single carrier scheme or the multi-carrier scheme is not described here.
对于单载波和多载波并存方案,本申请还提供一种应用在网络设备侧的随机接入前导码发送方法,具体包括:For a single-carrier and multi-carrier coexistence scheme, the present application further provides a method for transmitting a random access preamble to be applied to a network device, which specifically includes:
网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入配置信息,随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;The network device sends random access configuration information to the terminal device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble;
网络设备接收终端设备发送的随机接入前导码;The network device receives a random access preamble sent by the terminal device;
其中,随机接入前导码是终端设备根据随机接入配置信息和参考信号接收功率的测量值按照格式发送的,随机接入前导码包括L个符号组,L为大于或等于4的正整数,每相邻两个符号组之间存在跳频。The random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the random access configuration information and the measured value of the reference signal received power, and the random access preamble includes L symbol groups, where L is a positive integer greater than or equal to 4. There is frequency hopping between each adjacent two symbol groups.
其中,随机接入配置信息既包括多载波跳频方案的格式,以及多载波跳频方案的格式对应的随机接入配置参数,同时包括单载波跳频方案的格式,以及单载波跳频方案的格式对应的随机接入配置参数。这两种格式的随机接入配置参数,都可包括随机接入前导码格式索引或者CP长度,随机接入资源周期,起始子载波频域位置,分配用于随机接入的子载波数,随机接入的重复次数,随机接入起始时刻,随机接入前导码最大重传次数,RSRP门限等。The random access configuration information includes a format of a multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme, and a random access configuration parameter corresponding to a format of the multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme, and includes a format of a single carrier frequency hopping scheme, and a single carrier frequency hopping scheme. The random access configuration parameter corresponding to the format. The random access configuration parameters of the two formats may include a random access preamble format index or a CP length, a random access resource period, a starting subcarrier frequency domain location, and a number of subcarriers allocated for random access. The number of repetitions of random access, the start time of random access, the maximum number of retransmissions of random access preamble, and the RSRP threshold.
进一步的,随机接入前导码是终端设备根据随机接入配置信息和参考信号接收功率的测量值确定随机接入前导码的发送方式之后,按照格式和发送方式发送的;发送方式为通过一个子载波频点发送每个符号组,或者通过两个或两个以上的子载波频点发送每个符号组。Further, the random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the measurement manner of the random access configuration information and the received power of the reference signal to determine the transmission mode of the random access preamble, and is sent according to the format and the sending manner; Each symbol group is transmitted at a carrier frequency or each symbol group is transmitted through two or more subcarrier frequencies.
进一步的,发送方式是终端设备根据参考信号功率的测量值和随机接入配置信息中包括的参考信号接收功率门限,确定终端设备的覆盖等级之后,根据覆盖等级确定的。Further, the sending mode is determined by the terminal device according to the measured value of the reference signal power and the reference signal receiving power threshold included in the random access configuration information, after determining the coverage level of the terminal device, according to the coverage level.
进一步的,随机接入前导码是终端设备根据发送方式,获取发送方式对应的预设规则和随机接入配置信息;并根据预设规则和随机接入配置信息,确定向网络设备发送的随机接入前导码的频点信息之后,根据频点信息按照格式向网络设备发送的。Further, the random access preamble is that the terminal device acquires a preset rule and random access configuration information corresponding to the sending mode according to the sending mode, and determines a random connection sent to the network device according to the preset rule and the random access configuration information. After the frequency information of the preamble is entered, the frequency point information is sent to the network device according to the format.
基于上述方法实施例,本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备和终端设备,应用在网络设备和终端设备中的随机接入前导码发送方法,用以适应NB-IoT的最大小区半径为100km的应用场景。网络设备和终端设备执行的相关方法步骤与上述方法实施例中的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the foregoing method embodiments, the embodiment of the present application further provides a network device and a terminal device, and a random access preamble sending method applied in the network device and the terminal device, to adapt to the maximum cell radius of the NB-IoT is 100 km. Application scenario. The related method steps performed by the network device and the terminal device and the implementation in the foregoing method embodiments may be referred to each other, and the repeated description will not be repeated.
基于相同构思,本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备,如图18所示,该终端设备1000包括处理器1001和收发器1004,其中:Based on the same concept, a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 18, includes a
收发器1004,用于支持终端设备与网络设备之间的通信,向网络设备发送上述随机接
入前导码发送方法中所涉及的信息或者指令。The
处理器1001被配置为支持终端设备执行上述随机接入前导码发送方法中相应的功能。The
可选地,还包括存储器1002和通信接口1003;其中,处理器1001、存储器1002、通信接口1003和收发器1004通过总线1005相互连接。Optionally, a memory 1002 and a
可选地,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合,其保存终端设备必要的程序指令和数据。Optionally, the memory is for coupling with a processor that stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal device.
处理器1001可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),网络处理器(network processor,NP)或者CPU和NP的组合。处理器还可以进一步包括硬件芯片。上述硬件芯片可以是专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)或其组合。上述PLD可以是复杂可编程逻辑器件(complex programmable logic device,CPLD),现场可编程逻辑门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA),通用阵列逻辑(generic array logic,GAL)或其任意组合。The
存储器1002以包括易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM);存储器也可以包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory),例如快闪存储器(flash memory),硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD);存储器还可以包括上述种类的存储器的组合。The memory 1002 includes a volatile memory such as a random-access memory (RAM); the memory may also include a non-volatile memory such as a flash memory. A hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD); the memory may also include a combination of the above types of memories.
通信接口1003可以为有线通信接入口,无线通信接口或其组合,其中,有线通信接口例如可以为以太网接口。以太网接口可以是光接口,电接口或其组合。无线通信接口可以为WLAN接口。The
收发器1004可以是有线收发机,无线收发机或其组合。有线收发机例如可以为以太网接口。以太网接口可以是光接口,电接口或其组合。无线收发机例如可以为无线局域网通信接口,蜂窝网络通信接口或其组合。The
总线1005可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,简称PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture,EISA)总线等。总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。总线1005可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器代表的一个或多个处理器1001和存储器1002代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,本申请不再对其进行进一步描述。收发器1004提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他设备通信的单元。处理器1001负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器1002可以存储处理器1001在执行操作时所使用的数据。The
对于上述实施例的单载波方案:处理器1001用于:获取网络设备发送的随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;根据所述随机接入配置信息和预设规则,确定向所述网络设备发送的随机接入前导码的频点信息;根据所述频点信息,按照所述格式通过收发器1004向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导码;For the single carrier solution of the foregoing embodiment, the
其中,所述随机接入前导码由L个符号组组成,L为大于4的正整数,每相邻两个所述符号组之间存在跳频,每个所述符号组通过一个子载波频点发送,所述频点信息包括所述L个符号组分别对应的频点。The random access preamble is composed of L symbol groups, L is a positive integer greater than 4, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two of the symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups passes a subcarrier frequency. Point transmission, where the frequency point information includes frequency points corresponding to the L symbol groups respectively.
可选的,所述L个符号组由N个群组构成,每个群组包括4个符号组,其中N是大于或等于2的正整数;所述N个群组中的一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔,与所述 N个群组中的另一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔不同。Optionally, the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, each group includes 4 symbol groups, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2; one of the N groups At least one frequency hopping interval between the symbol groups, At least one hopping interval between symbol groups of another of the N groups is different.
可选的,所述L个符号组由N个群组构成,所述N个群组中的一个群组包括m个符号组,m为小于4的正整数,所述N个群组中的其他群组中都包括4个符号组。Optionally, the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and one of the N groups includes m symbol groups, and m is a positive integer less than 4, in the N groups. All other groups include 4 symbol groups.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,用于确定所述频点信息的所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。Optionally, the preset rule for determining the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current symbol group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups. An index expression of a frequency point position, the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and a frequency point position of the previous symbol group The index relationship between the symbol group index numbers of the current symbol group.
进一步的,所述频点信息通过以下方式确定:Further, the frequency point information is determined by:
根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;Determining, according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the random access preamble, and a pseudo random sequence;
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述L个符号组中每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each of the L symbol groups with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述第一个符号组的频点位置和每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述L个符号组的频点位置。And determining a frequency point position of the L symbol groups according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,用于确定所述频点信息的所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前群组内的当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式;所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。Optionally, the preset rule for determining the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups. An index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group; the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and the previous symbol group The index position between the frequency point location and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
进一步的,所述频点信息通过以下方式确定:Further, the frequency point information is determined by:
根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;Determining, according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述当前群组的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency of the first symbol group of the current group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the current group, and a pseudo random sequence Point location
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置和所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述当前群组的各个符号组的频点位置。Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group.
可选的,所述伪随机序列的初始化种子为所述终端设备的物理层小区标识或物理层小区标识的函数。Optionally, the initialization seed of the pseudo random sequence is a function of a physical layer cell identifier or a physical layer cell identifier of the terminal device.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,对于所述N个群组中包括4个符号组的任一群组:符号组间的跳频间隔至少为2个,且任一所述跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。Optionally, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups, for any group that includes four symbol groups in the N groups: the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and Any of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,所述N个群组的群组间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。Optionally, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups, the frequency hopping interval between the groups of the N groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth.
可选的,所述子载波带宽为1.25KHz。Optionally, the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 KHz.
可选的,基于上述两种划分群组的方式,对于所述N个群组中包括4个符号组的任一群组: Optionally, based on the foregoing two methods for grouping groups, for any group of the N groups including 4 symbol groups:
群组内第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频方向,与群组内的第四个符号组相对于第三个符号组的跳频方向相反;The frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group is opposite to the frequency hopping direction of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group;
群组内符号组间的跳频间隔有两个,第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频间隔,与群组内的第四个符号组相对于第三个符号组的跳频间隔相等;且所述跳频间隔小于第三符号组相对于第二符号组的跳频间隔。There are two hopping intervals between the symbol groups in the group, the hopping interval of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group, and the hopping of the fourth symbol group in the group relative to the third symbol group. The frequency spacing is equal; and the frequency hopping interval is smaller than a hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group.
对于上述实施例的多载波方案:处理器1001用于:获取网络设备发送的随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;根据所述随机接入配置信息和预设规则,确定向所述网络设备发送的随机接入前导码的频点信息;根据所述频点信息,按照所述格式通过收发器1004向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导码;For the multi-carrier scheme of the foregoing embodiment, the
其中,所述随机接入前导码由4个符号组组成,每相邻两个符号组之间存在跳频,每个所述符号组通过两个或两个以上的子载波频点发送,所述频点信息包括所述L个符号组分别对应的频点。The random access preamble is composed of 4 symbol groups, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups is sent by two or more subcarrier frequency points. The frequency point information includes frequency points corresponding to the L symbol groups respectively.
可选的,所述两个子载波频点为相邻频点,或者所述两个以上的子载波频点中至少有两个为相邻频点。Optionally, the two subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points, or at least two of the two or more subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points.
可选的,所述两个或两个以上的子载波频点在频域方向上分布的相对位置相同且在跳频过程中保持不变。Optionally, the relative positions of the two or more subcarrier frequency points distributed in the frequency domain direction are the same and remain unchanged during the frequency hopping process.
可选的,每相邻两个所述符号组之间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍,所述子载波带宽为1.25KHz。Optionally, the hopping interval between each two adjacent symbol groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth, and the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 kHz.
对于上述实施例的单载波和多载波并存方案:处理器1001用于:获取网络设备发送的随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;根据所述随机接入配置信息和参考信号接收功率的测量值,按照所述格式通过收发器1004向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导码,所述随机接入前导码包括L个符号组,L为大于或等于4的正整数,每相邻两个所述符号组之间存在跳频。For the single carrier and multi-carrier coexistence scheme of the foregoing embodiment, the
进一步的,处理器1001用于:根据所述随机接入配置信息和参考信号接收功率的测量值,确定所述随机接入前导码的发送方式;所述发送方式为通过一个子载波频点发送每个所述符号组,或者通过两个或两个以上的子载波频点发送每个所述符号组;根据所述发送方式和所述格式,通过收发器1004向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导码。Further, the
进一步的,处理器1001用于:根据参考信号功率的测量值和所述随机接入配置信息中包括的参考信号接收功率门限确定所述终端设备的覆盖等级;根据所述覆盖等级确定所述随机接入前导码的发送方式。Further, the
进一步的,处理器1001用于:根据所述发送方式,获取所述发送方式对应的预设规则和随机接入配置信息;根据所述预设规则和所述随机接入配置信息,确定向所述网络设备发送的随机接入前导码的频点信息;根据所述频点信息,按照所述格式通过收发器1004向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导码。Further, the
在一种可能的实现方式中,该终端设备包括多个功能模块,用于执行本申请所涉及的前述实施例中与终端设备相关的方法步骤,以适应NB-IoT的最大小区半径为100km的应用场景。In a possible implementation, the terminal device includes a plurality of functional modules for performing the method steps related to the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment of the present application to adapt to the maximum cell radius of the NB-IoT being 100 km. Application scenario.
如图19所示,终端设备2000包括接收模块2001、发送模块2002和处理模块2003。需要说明的是,接收模块2001、发送模块2002和处理模块2003所执行的操作都可以视为是终端设备2000的操作。所述终端设备2000中的处理模块2003可以由终端设备2000中
的处理器实现,接收模块2001、发送模块2002可以由终端设备2000中的收发器实现。As shown in FIG. 19, the
处理模块2003,用于获取网络设备发送的随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;以及根据所述随机接入配置信息和预设规则,确定向所述网络设备发送的随机接入前导码的频点信息;The
发送模块2002,用于根据处理模块2003确定的所述频点信息和所述格式,向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导码;The sending
其中,所述随机接入前导码由L个符号组组成,L为大于4的正整数,每相邻两个所述符号组之间存在跳频,每个所述符号组通过一个子载波频点发送,所述频点信息包括所述L个符号组分别对应的频点。The random access preamble is composed of L symbol groups, L is a positive integer greater than 4, and there is frequency hopping between each adjacent two of the symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups passes a subcarrier frequency. Point transmission, where the frequency point information includes frequency points corresponding to the L symbol groups respectively.
可选的,所述L个符号组由N个群组构成,每个群组包括4个符号组,其中N是大于或等于2的正整数;所述N个群组中的一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔,与所述N个群组中的另一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔不同。Optionally, the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, each group includes 4 symbol groups, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2; one of the N groups At least one hopping interval between the symbol groups is different from at least one hopping interval between the symbol groups of the other of the N groups.
可选的,所述L个符号组由N个群组构成,所述N个群组中的一个群组包括m个符号组,m为小于4的正整数,所述N个群组中的其他群组中都包括4个符号组。Optionally, the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and one of the N groups includes m symbol groups, and m is a positive integer less than 4, in the N groups. All other groups include 4 symbol groups.
可选的,所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。Optionally, the preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group, and the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to the front An index relationship between a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of a symbol group, a frequency point position of the previous symbol group, and a symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
进一步的,处理模块2003通过以下方式确定所述频点信息:Further, the
根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;Determining, according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the random access preamble, and a pseudo random sequence;
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述L个符号组中每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each of the L symbol groups with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述第一个符号组的频点位置和每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述L个符号组的频点位置。And determining a frequency point position of the L symbol groups according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group.
可选的,所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前群组内的当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式;所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。Optionally, the preset rule includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of a current symbol group in a current group; the index expression is used to indicate the current The index relationship between the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the symbol group relative to the previous symbol group, the frequency point position of the previous symbol group, and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
进一步的,处理模块2003通过以下方式确定所述频点信息:Further, the
根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;Determining, according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述当前群组的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency of the first symbol group of the current group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the current group, and a pseudo random sequence Point location
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置和所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述当前群组的各个符号组的频点位置。 Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group.
可选的,对于所述N个群组中包括4个符号组的任一群组:符号组间的跳频间隔至少为2个,且任一所述跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。Optionally, for any group that includes four symbol groups in the N groups: the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and any one of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
可选的所述N个群组的群组间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。Optionally, the hopping interval between the groups of the N groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
关于该终端设备内装置或器件的功能的详细描述可以参照本申请前述实施例的相关内容,在此不做赘述。For a detailed description of the functions of the devices or devices in the terminal device, reference may be made to the related content of the foregoing embodiments of the present application, and details are not described herein.
基于相同构思,本申请提供一种网络设备3000,如图20所示,该网络设备3000包括处理器3001和收发器3004,其中:Based on the same concept, the present application provides a network device 3000. As shown in FIG. 20, the network device 3000 includes a
收发器3004,用于支持终端设备与网络设备之间的通信,向终端设备发送上述随机接入前导码发送方法中所涉及的信息或者指令。The transceiver 3004 is configured to support communication between the terminal device and the network device, and send the information or the instruction involved in the foregoing random access preamble sending method to the terminal device.
处理器3001被配置为支持网络设备执行上述随机接入前导码发送方法中相应的功能。The
可选地,还包括存储器3002和通信接口3003;其中,处理器3001、存储器3002、通信接口3003和收发器3004通过总线3005相互连接。Optionally, a memory 3002 and a
可选地,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合,其保存网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。Optionally, the memory is for coupling with a processor that holds program instructions and data necessary for the network device.
处理器3001可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),网络处理器(network processor,NP)或者CPU和NP的组合。处理器还可以进一步包括硬件芯片。上述硬件芯片可以是专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)或其组合。上述PLD可以是复杂可编程逻辑器件(complex programmable logic device,CPLD),现场可编程逻辑门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA),通用阵列逻辑(generic array logic,GAL)或其任意组合。The
存储器3002以包括易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM);存储器也可以包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory),例如快闪存储器(flash memory),硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD);存储器还可以包括上述种类的存储器的组合。The memory 3002 includes a volatile memory such as a random-access memory (RAM); the memory may also include a non-volatile memory such as a flash memory. A hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD); the memory may also include a combination of the above types of memories.
通信接口3003可以为有线通信接入口,无线通信接口或其组合,其中,有线通信接口例如可以为以太网接口。以太网接口可以是光接口,电接口或其组合。无线通信接口可以为WLAN接口。The
收发器3004可以是有线收发机,无线收发机或其组合。有线收发机例如可以为以太网接口。以太网接口可以是光接口,电接口或其组合。无线收发机例如可以为无线局域网通信接口,蜂窝网络通信接口或其组合。The transceiver 3004 can be a wired transceiver, a wireless transceiver, or a combination thereof. The wired transceiver can be, for example, an Ethernet interface. The Ethernet interface can be an optical interface, an electrical interface, or a combination thereof. The wireless transceiver can be, for example, a wireless local area network communication interface, a cellular network communication interface, or a combination thereof.
总线3005可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,简称PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture,EISA)总线等。总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。总线3005可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器代表的一个或多个处理器3001和存储器3002代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,本申请不再对其进行进一步描述。收发器3004提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他设备通信的单元。处理器3001负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器3002可以存储处理器3001在执行操作时所使用的数据。The
对于上述实施例中的单载波方案: For the single carrier scheme in the above embodiment:
收发器3004,用于向终端设备发送随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;以及接收所述终端设备发送的随机接入前导码;其中,所述随机接入前导码是终端设备根据确定的频点信息按照所述格式发送的,所述随机接入前导码由L个符号组组成,L为大于4的正整数,每相邻两个所述符号组之间存在跳频,每个所述符号组通过一个子载波频点发送,所述频点信息包括所述L个符号组分别对应的频点,所述频点信息是根据所述随机接入配置信息和预设规则确定的。The transceiver 3004 is configured to send random access configuration information to the terminal device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble, and receive a random access preamble sent by the terminal device, where The random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the determined frequency point information according to the format, where the random access preamble is composed of L symbol groups, and L is a positive integer greater than 4, and each adjacent two There is a frequency hopping between the symbol groups, and each of the symbol groups is sent by a sub-carrier frequency, where the frequency point information includes frequency points corresponding to the L symbol groups respectively, and the frequency point information is according to the The random access configuration information and the preset rule are determined.
可选的,所述L个符号组由N个群组构成,每个群组包括4个符号组,其中N是大于或等于2的正整数;所述N个群组中的一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔,与所述N个群组中的另一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔不同。Optionally, the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, each group includes 4 symbol groups, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2; one of the N groups At least one hopping interval between the symbol groups is different from at least one hopping interval between the symbol groups of the other of the N groups.
可选的,所述L个符号组由N个群组构成,所述N个群组中的一个群组包括m个符号组,m为小于4的正整数,所述N个群组中的其他群组中都包括4个符号组。Optionally, the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and one of the N groups includes m symbol groups, and m is a positive integer less than 4, in the N groups. All other groups include 4 symbol groups.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,用来确定所述频点信息的所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。Optionally, the preset rule used to determine the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current symbol group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups. An index expression of a frequency point position, the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and a frequency point position of the previous symbol group The index relationship between the symbol group index numbers of the current symbol group.
进一步的,所述频点信息通过以下方式确定:Further, the frequency point information is determined by:
根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;Determining, according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the random access preamble, and a pseudo random sequence;
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述L个符号组中每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each of the L symbol groups with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述第一个符号组的频点位置和每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述L个符号组的频点位置。And determining a frequency point position of the L symbol groups according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,用来确定所述频点信息的所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前群组内的当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式;所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。Optionally, the preset rule used to determine the frequency point information includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is a current group, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups. An index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group; the index expression is used to indicate a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of the current symbol group with respect to a previous symbol group, and the previous symbol group The index position between the frequency point location and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
进一步的,所述频点信息通过以下方式确定:Further, the frequency point information is determined by:
根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;Determining, according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述当前群组的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency of the first symbol group of the current group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the current group, and a pseudo random sequence Point location
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置和所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述当前群组的各个符号组的频点位置。Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group.
可选的,所述伪随机序列的初始化种子为所述终端设备的物理层小区标识或物理层小区标识的函数。 Optionally, the initialization seed of the pseudo random sequence is a function of a physical layer cell identifier or a physical layer cell identifier of the terminal device.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,对于所述N个群组中包括4个符号组的任一群组:符号组间的跳频间隔至少为2个,且任一所述跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。Optionally, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups, for any group that includes four symbol groups in the N groups: the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and Any of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
可选的,基于所述L个符号组的上述两种群组划分方式,所述N个群组的群组间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。Optionally, based on the foregoing two group division manners of the L symbol groups, the frequency hopping interval between the groups of the N groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth.
可选的,所述子载波带宽为1.25KHz。Optionally, the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 KHz.
可选的,基于上述两种划分群组的方式,对于所述N个群组中包括4个符号组的任一群组:Optionally, based on the foregoing two methods for grouping groups, for any group of the N groups including 4 symbol groups:
群组内第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频方向,与群组内的第四个符号组相对于第三个符号组的跳频方向相反;The frequency hopping direction of the second symbol group in the group relative to the first symbol group is opposite to the frequency hopping direction of the fourth symbol group in the group with respect to the third symbol group;
群组内符号组间的跳频间隔有两个,第二个符号组相对于第一个符号组的跳频间隔,与群组内的第四个符号组相对于第三个符号组的跳频间隔相等;且所述跳频间隔小于第三符号组相对于第二符号组的跳频间隔。There are two hopping intervals between the symbol groups in the group, the hopping interval of the second symbol group relative to the first symbol group, and the hopping of the fourth symbol group in the group relative to the third symbol group. The frequency spacing is equal; and the frequency hopping interval is smaller than a hopping interval of the third symbol group relative to the second symbol group.
对于上述实施例中的多载波方案:For the multi-carrier scheme in the above embodiment:
收发器3004,用于向终端设备发送随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;以及接收所述终端设备发送的随机接入前导码;其中,所述随机接入前导码是终端设备根据确定的频点信息按照所述格式发送的,所述随机接入前导码由4个符号组组成,每相邻两个符号组之间存在跳频,每个所述符号组通过两个或两个以上的子载波频点发送,所述频点信息包括所述L个符号组分别对应的频点;所述频点信息是根据所述随机接入配置信息和预设规则确定的。The transceiver 3004 is configured to send random access configuration information to the terminal device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble, and receive a random access preamble sent by the terminal device, where The random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the determined frequency point information according to the format, and the random access preamble is composed of four symbol groups, and frequency hopping exists between each adjacent two symbol groups. Each of the symbol groups is transmitted by two or more subcarrier frequency points, where the frequency point information includes frequency points respectively corresponding to the L symbol groups; the frequency point information is according to the random access Configuration information and preset rules are determined.
可选的,所述两个子载波频点为相邻频点,或者所述两个以上的子载波频点中至少有两个为相邻频点。Optionally, the two subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points, or at least two of the two or more subcarrier frequency points are adjacent frequency points.
可选的,所述两个或两个以上的子载波频点在频域方向上分布的相对位置相同且在跳频过程中保持不变。Optionally, the relative positions of the two or more subcarrier frequency points distributed in the frequency domain direction are the same and remain unchanged during the frequency hopping process.
可选的,每相邻两个所述符号组之间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍,所述子载波带宽为1.25KHz。Optionally, the hopping interval between each two adjacent symbol groups is an integer multiple of a subcarrier bandwidth, and the subcarrier bandwidth is 1.25 kHz.
对于上述实施例中的单载波和多载波并存方案:For the single carrier and multi carrier coexistence schemes in the above embodiments:
收发器3004,用于向终端设备发送随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;以及接收所述终端设备发送的随机接入前导码;其中,所述随机接入前导码是终端设备根据所述随机接入配置信息和参考信号接收功率的测量值按照所述格式发送的,所述随机接入前导码包括L个符号组,L为大于或等于4的正整数,每相邻两个所述符号组之间存在跳频。The transceiver 3004 is configured to send random access configuration information to the terminal device, where the random access configuration information is used to indicate a format of the random access preamble, and receive a random access preamble sent by the terminal device, where The random access preamble is sent by the terminal device according to the measured value of the random access configuration information and the reference signal received power, and the random access preamble includes L symbol groups, where L is greater than or A positive integer equal to 4, there is a frequency hopping between each adjacent two of the symbol groups.
其中,所述随机接入配置信息既包括多载波跳频方案的格式,以及多载波跳频方案的格式对应的随机接入配置参数,同时包括单载波跳频方案的格式,以及单载波跳频方案的格式对应的随机接入配置参数。这两种格式的随机接入配置参数,都可包括随机接入前导码格式索引或者CP长度,随机接入资源周期,起始子载波频域位置,分配用于随机接入的子载波数,随机接入的重复次数,随机接入起始时刻,随机接入前导码最大重传次数,RSRP门限等。The random access configuration information includes a format of a multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme, and a random access configuration parameter corresponding to a format of the multi-carrier frequency hopping scheme, and includes a format of a single carrier frequency hopping scheme, and single carrier frequency hopping. The format of the scheme corresponds to the random access configuration parameter. The random access configuration parameters of the two formats may include a random access preamble format index or a CP length, a random access resource period, a starting subcarrier frequency domain location, and a number of subcarriers allocated for random access. The number of repetitions of random access, the start time of random access, the maximum number of retransmissions of random access preamble, and the RSRP threshold.
进一步的,所述随机接入前导码是终端设备根据所述随机接入配置信息和参考信号接收功率的测量值确定所述随机接入前导码的发送方式之后,按照所述格式和所述发送方式 发送的;所述发送方式为通过一个子载波频点发送每个所述符号组,或者通过两个或两个以上的子载波频点发送每个所述符号组。Further, the random access preamble is that after the terminal device determines the sending manner of the random access preamble according to the random access configuration information and the measured value of the received power of the reference signal, according to the format and the sending the way The sending manner is that each of the symbol groups is transmitted through one subcarrier frequency point, or each of the symbol groups is transmitted through two or more subcarrier frequency points.
进一步的,所述发送方式是所述终端设备根据参考信号功率的测量值和所述随机接入配置信息中包括的参考信号接收功率门限,确定所述终端设备的覆盖等级之后,根据所述覆盖等级确定的。Further, the sending manner is that the terminal device determines the coverage level of the terminal device according to the measured value of the reference signal power and the reference signal received power threshold included in the random access configuration information, according to the coverage The level is determined.
进一步的,所述随机接入前导码是所述终端设备根据所述发送方式,获取所述发送方式对应的预设规则和随机接入配置信息;并根据所述预设规则和所述随机接入配置信息,确定向所述网络设备发送的随机接入前导码的频点信息之后,根据所述频点信息按照所述格式向所述网络设备发送的。Further, the random access preamble is that the terminal device acquires a preset rule and random access configuration information corresponding to the sending mode according to the sending manner; and according to the preset rule and the random connection After the configuration information is determined, the frequency point information of the random access preamble sent to the network device is determined, and then sent to the network device according to the format according to the frequency point information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该网络设备包括多个功能模块,用于执行本申请所涉及的各种实施例中与网络设备相关的方法步骤,以适应NB-IoT的最大小区半径为100km的应用场景。In a possible implementation, the network device includes multiple function modules for performing network device-related method steps in various embodiments involved in the present application to accommodate a maximum cell radius of NB-IoT of 100 km. Application scenario.
如图21所示的网络设备4000包括接收模块4001、发送模块4002和处理模块4003。接收模块4001、发送模块4002和处理模块4003所执行的操作都可以视为是网络设备4000的操作。所述网络设备4000中的处理模块4003可以由网络设备4000的处理器实现,接收模块4001和发送模块4002可以由网络设备4000中的收发器实现。The
发送模块4002,用于向终端设备发送随机接入配置信息,所述随机接入配置信息用于指示随机接入前导码的格式;The sending
接收模块4001,用于接收所述终端设备发送的随机接入前导码;其中,所述随机接入前导码是终端设备根据确定的频点信息按照所述格式发送的,所述随机接入前导码由L个符号组组成,L为大于4的正整数,每相邻两个所述符号组之间存在跳频,每个所述符号组通过一个子载波频点发送,所述频点信息包括所述L个符号组分别对应的频点,所述频点信息是根据所述随机接入配置信息和预设规则确定的。The
可选的,所述L个符号组由N个群组构成,每个群组包括4个符号组,其中N是大于或等于2的正整数;所述N个群组中的一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔,与所述N个群组中的另一个群组的符号组间的至少一个跳频间隔不同。Optionally, the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, each group includes 4 symbol groups, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2; one of the N groups At least one hopping interval between the symbol groups is different from at least one hopping interval between the symbol groups of the other of the N groups.
可选的,所述L个符号组由N个群组构成,所述N个群组中的一个群组包括m个符号组,m为小于4的正整数,所述N个群组中的其他群组中都包括4个符号组。Optionally, the L symbol groups are composed of N groups, and one of the N groups includes m symbol groups, and m is a positive integer less than 4, in the N groups. All other groups include 4 symbol groups.
可选的,所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式,所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。Optionally, the preset rule includes a plurality of index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of the current symbol group, and the index expression is used to indicate that the current symbol group is relative to the front An index relationship between a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of a symbol group, a frequency point position of the previous symbol group, and a symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
进一步的,处理模块4003通过以下方式确定所述频点信息:Further, the
根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;Determining, according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述随机接入前导码的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency point position of the first symbol group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the random access preamble, and a pseudo random sequence;
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述L个符号组中每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each of the L symbol groups with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述第一个符号组的频点位置和每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳 频方向,确定所述L个符号组的频点位置。According to the frequency point position of the first symbol group and the frequency hopping interval and hop of each symbol group relative to the previous symbol group In the frequency direction, the frequency point positions of the L symbol groups are determined.
可选的,所述预设规则包括多个索引表达式,所述索引表达式为当前群组内的当前符号组的频点位置的索引表达式;所述索引表达式用于指示所述当前符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,与所述前一符号组的频点位置、所述当前符号组的符号组索引号之间的索引关系。Optionally, the preset rule includes multiple index expressions, where the index expression is an index expression of a frequency point position of a current symbol group in a current group; the index expression is used to indicate the current The index relationship between the frequency hopping interval and the frequency hopping direction of the symbol group relative to the previous symbol group, the frequency point position of the previous symbol group, and the symbol group index number of the current symbol group.
进一步的,处理模块4003通过以下方式确定所述频点信息:Further, the
根据所述随机接入配置信息包括的时频资源配置参数,确定起始子载波的子载波索引号;Determining, according to the time-frequency resource configuration parameter included in the random access configuration information, a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier;
根据所述起始子载波的子载波索引号、所述当前群组的第一个符号组的符号组索引号和伪随机序列,确定所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置;Determining a frequency of the first symbol group of the current group according to a subcarrier index number of the starting subcarrier, a symbol group index number of a first symbol group of the current group, and a pseudo random sequence Point location
根据所述多个索引表达式,确定所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向;Determining, according to the plurality of index expressions, a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group;
根据所述当前群组的所述第一个符号组的频点位置和所述当前群组的每个符号组相对于前一符号组的跳频间隔和跳频方向,确定所述当前群组的各个符号组的频点位置。Determining the current group according to a frequency point position of the first symbol group of the current group and a frequency hopping interval and a frequency hopping direction of each symbol group of the current group with respect to a previous symbol group. The frequency position of each symbol group.
可选的,对于所述N个群组中包括4个符号组的任一群组:符号组间的跳频间隔至少为2个,且任一所述跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。Optionally, for any group that includes four symbol groups in the N groups: the hopping interval between the symbol groups is at least two, and any one of the hopping intervals is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
可选的,所述N个群组的群组间的跳频间隔为子载波带宽的整数倍。Optionally, the hopping interval between the groups of the N groups is an integer multiple of the subcarrier bandwidth.
关于该网络设备内装置或器件的功能的详细描述可以参照本申请其他实施例的相关内容,在此不做赘述。For a detailed description of the functions of the devices or devices in the network device, reference may be made to related content of other embodiments of the present application, and details are not described herein.
基于相同构思,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请所涉及的各种实施例中与终端设备相关的方法步骤。Based on the same concept, the present application provides a computer readable storage medium having instructions stored therein that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the various embodiments and terminals involved in the present application Device related method steps.
基于相同构思,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请所涉及的各种实施例中与网络设备相关的方法步骤。Based on the same concept, the present application provides a computer readable storage medium having instructions stored therein that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform various embodiments and networks involved in the present application Device related method steps.
基于相同构思,本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请所涉及的各种实施例中与终端设备相关的方法步骤。Based on the same concept, the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions that, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method steps associated with the terminal device in various embodiments of the present application.
基于相同构思,本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请所涉及的各种实施例中与网络设备相关的方法步骤。Based on the same concept, the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method steps associated with the network device in various embodiments of the present application.
本所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,本发明提供的各实施例的描述可以相互参照,为描述的方便和简洁,关于本发明实施例提供的各装置、设备的功能以及执行的步骤可以参照本发明方法实施例的相关描述,在此不做赘述。It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the description of the embodiments of the present invention can be referred to each other. For the convenience and brevity of the description, the functions and steps of the devices and devices provided by the embodiments of the present invention may be Reference is made to the related description of the method embodiment of the present invention, and details are not described herein.
本领域技术人员还可以了解到本申请实施例列出的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step)可以通过电子硬件、电脑软件,或两者的结合进行实现。为清楚展示硬件和软件的可替换性(interchangeability),上述的各种说明性部件(illustrative components)和步骤已经通用地描述了它们的功能。这样的功能是通过硬件还是软件来实现取决于特定的应用和整个系统的设计要求。本领域技术人员可以对于每种特定的应用,可以使用各种方法实现所述的功能,但这种实现不应被理解为超出本发明实施例保护的范围。Those skilled in the art can also understand that the various illustrative logical blocks and steps listed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by electronic hardware, computer software, or a combination of the two. To clearly illustrate the interchangeability of hardware and software, the various illustrative components and steps described above have generally described their functionality. Whether such functionality is implemented by hardware or software depends on the design requirements of the particular application and the overall system. A person skilled in the art can implement the described functions using various methods for each specific application, but such implementation should not be construed as being beyond the scope of the embodiments of the present invention.
本申请实施例中所描述的方法或算法的步骤可以直接嵌入硬件、处理单元执行的软件 模块、或者这两者的结合。软件模块可以存储于RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、可移动磁盘、CD-ROM或本领域中其它任意形式的存储媒介中。示例性地,存储媒介可以与处理单元连接,以使得处理单元可以从存储媒介中读取信息,并可以向存储媒介存写信息。可选地,存储媒介还可以集成到处理单元中。处理单元和存储媒介可以配置于ASIC中,ASIC可以配置于用户终端中。可选地,处理单元和存储媒介也可以配置于用户终端中的不同的部件中。The steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application may directly embed the software executed by the hardware and the processing unit. Module, or a combination of the two. The software modules can be stored in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium in the art. Illustratively, the storage medium can be coupled to the processing unit such that the processing unit can read information from the storage medium and can write information to the storage medium. Alternatively, the storage medium can also be integrated into the processing unit. The processing unit and the storage medium may be configured in an ASIC, and the ASIC may be configured in the user terminal. Alternatively, the processing unit and the storage medium may also be configured in different components in the user terminal.
在一个或多个示例性的设计中,本发明实施例所描述的上述功能可以在硬件、软件、固件或这三者的任意组合来实现。如果在软件中实现,这些功能可以存储与电脑可读的媒介上,或以一个或多个指令或代码形式传输于电脑可读的媒介上。电脑可读媒介包括电脑存储媒介和便于使得让电脑程序从一个地方转移到其它地方的通信媒介。存储媒介可以是任何通用或特殊电脑可以接入访问的可用媒体。例如,这样的电脑可读媒体可以包括但不限于RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其它光盘存储、磁盘存储或其它磁性存储装置,或其它任何可以用于承载或存储以指令或数据结构和其它可被通用或特殊电脑、或通用或特殊处理单元读取形式的程序代码的媒介。此外,任何连接都可以被适当地定义为电脑可读媒介,例如,如果软件是从一个网站站点、服务器或其它远程资源通过一个同轴电缆、光纤电脑、双绞线、数字用户线(DSL)或以例如红外、无线和微波等无线方式传输的也被包含在所定义的电脑可读媒介中。所述的碟片(disk)和磁盘(disc)包括压缩磁盘、镭射盘、光盘、DVD、软盘和蓝光光盘,磁盘通常以磁性复制数据,而碟片通常以激光进行光学复制数据。上述的组合也可以包含在电脑可读媒介中。In one or more exemplary designs, the above-described functions described in the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination of the three. If implemented in software, these functions may be stored on a computer readable medium or transmitted as one or more instructions or code to a computer readable medium. Computer readable media includes computer storage media and communication media that facilitates the transfer of computer programs from one place to another. The storage medium can be any available media that any general purpose or special computer can access. For example, such computer-readable media can include, but is not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, disk storage or other magnetic storage device, or any other device or data structure that can be used for carrying or storing Other media that can be read by a general purpose or special computer, or a general or special processing unit. In addition, any connection can be appropriately defined as a computer readable medium, for example, if the software is from a website site, server or other remote source through a coaxial cable, fiber optic computer, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL) Or wirelessly transmitted in, for example, infrared, wireless, and microwave, is also included in the defined computer readable medium. The disks and discs include compact disks, laser disks, optical disks, DVDs, floppy disks, and Blu-ray disks. Disks typically replicate data magnetically, while disks typically optically replicate data with a laser. Combinations of the above may also be included in a computer readable medium.
本申请的上述描述可以使得本领域技术任何可以利用或实现本申请的内容,任何基于所公开内容的修改都应该被认为是本领域显而易见的,本申请所描述的基本原则可以应用到其它变形中而不偏离本申请的发明本质和范围。因此,本申请所公开的内容不仅仅局限于所描述的实施例和设计,还可以扩展到与本申请原则和所公开的新特征一致的最大范围。 The above description of the present application may enable any content in the art to utilize or implement the content of the present application. Any modification based on the disclosure should be considered as being obvious in the art. The basic principles described in the present application can be applied to other variations. Without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Therefore, the disclosure of the present application is not limited to the described embodiments and designs, but may be extended to the maximum extent consistent with the principles of the present application and the novel features disclosed.
Claims (36)
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2017/082578 WO2018195984A1 (en) | 2017-04-28 | 2017-04-28 | Method and device for sending random access preamble |
| CN201780088127.5A CN110419260B (en) | 2017-04-28 | 2017-04-28 | Random access preamble sending method and equipment |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2017/082578 WO2018195984A1 (en) | 2017-04-28 | 2017-04-28 | Method and device for sending random access preamble |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2018195984A1 true WO2018195984A1 (en) | 2018-11-01 |
Family
ID=63917841
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2017/082578 Ceased WO2018195984A1 (en) | 2017-04-28 | 2017-04-28 | Method and device for sending random access preamble |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN110419260B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2018195984A1 (en) |
Cited By (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2019156618A1 (en) * | 2018-02-06 | 2019-08-15 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Frequency hopping for a random access preamble |
| CN111629448A (en) * | 2019-02-28 | 2020-09-04 | 华为技术有限公司 | Random access method and device |
| CN112203352A (en) * | 2019-07-08 | 2021-01-08 | 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 | A resource allocation method, device and storage medium |
| CN113632567A (en) * | 2019-03-28 | 2021-11-09 | 松下电器(美国)知识产权公司 | Transmission device, reception device, transmission method, and reception method |
| US20220045891A1 (en) * | 2017-09-29 | 2022-02-10 | Zte Corporation | Signal transmission method and system |
| WO2023206355A1 (en) * | 2022-04-29 | 2023-11-02 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Uplink transmission method and apparatus, and terminal device and network device |
Families Citing this family (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN114079552B (en) * | 2020-08-18 | 2023-03-31 | 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 | Method, device, terminal and equipment for generating random access leader sequence |
Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN101686547A (en) * | 2008-09-23 | 2010-03-31 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Frequency domain configuration method of random accessing channel, system and device thereof |
| CN101686560A (en) * | 2008-09-22 | 2010-03-31 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Method for configuring location of frequency domain of random access channel and device thereof |
| US20100260163A1 (en) * | 2006-04-26 | 2010-10-14 | Fujitsu Limited | OFDMA communication apparatus |
Family Cites Families (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN103582073B (en) * | 2012-07-31 | 2018-07-27 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A kind of method of MTC UE access LTE system, evolution base station |
| EP2938153B1 (en) * | 2013-01-15 | 2017-12-06 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Radio communication methods, user equipment, and network side device |
| EP3155777B1 (en) * | 2014-06-11 | 2021-01-06 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Processing of random access preamble sequences |
| WO2016208897A1 (en) * | 2015-06-22 | 2016-12-29 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transmitting uplink channel and nb-iot device |
-
2017
- 2017-04-28 WO PCT/CN2017/082578 patent/WO2018195984A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2017-04-28 CN CN201780088127.5A patent/CN110419260B/en active Active
Patent Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20100260163A1 (en) * | 2006-04-26 | 2010-10-14 | Fujitsu Limited | OFDMA communication apparatus |
| CN101686560A (en) * | 2008-09-22 | 2010-03-31 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Method for configuring location of frequency domain of random access channel and device thereof |
| CN101686547A (en) * | 2008-09-23 | 2010-03-31 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Frequency domain configuration method of random accessing channel, system and device thereof |
Non-Patent Citations (3)
| Title |
|---|
| "RACH preamble design for NR", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #88, RL-1701709, 17 February 2017 (2017-02-17), XP051208875 * |
| CATT: "On NR RACH Preamble Design", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #88BIS, RL-051208875, 7 April 2017 (2017-04-07), XP051242681 * |
| LG ELECTRONICS: "Consideration on Numerology for NR RACH Preamble", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #87 , RL-1611791, 18 November 2016 (2016-11-18), XP051175760 * |
Cited By (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20220045891A1 (en) * | 2017-09-29 | 2022-02-10 | Zte Corporation | Signal transmission method and system |
| US11689333B2 (en) * | 2017-09-29 | 2023-06-27 | Zte Corporation | Signal transmission method and system |
| WO2019156618A1 (en) * | 2018-02-06 | 2019-08-15 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Frequency hopping for a random access preamble |
| CN111629448A (en) * | 2019-02-28 | 2020-09-04 | 华为技术有限公司 | Random access method and device |
| US11889563B2 (en) | 2019-02-28 | 2024-01-30 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Random access method and apparatus |
| CN113632567A (en) * | 2019-03-28 | 2021-11-09 | 松下电器(美国)知识产权公司 | Transmission device, reception device, transmission method, and reception method |
| CN112203352A (en) * | 2019-07-08 | 2021-01-08 | 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 | A resource allocation method, device and storage medium |
| WO2023206355A1 (en) * | 2022-04-29 | 2023-11-02 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Uplink transmission method and apparatus, and terminal device and network device |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN110419260A (en) | 2019-11-05 |
| CN110419260B (en) | 2021-05-04 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2018195984A1 (en) | Method and device for sending random access preamble | |
| CN109995491B9 (en) | Method and device for transmitting measurement reference signal | |
| CN101827444B (en) | Signaling configuration system and method for measuring reference signal | |
| CN114142980B (en) | Reference signal transmission method and device | |
| CN110741715B (en) | Random access preamble transmission method and device | |
| CN108282285A (en) | Method for transmitting signals and device | |
| WO2017185915A1 (en) | Time-frequency resource allocation method and apparatus | |
| WO2022033555A1 (en) | Signal transmission method and apparatus | |
| CN111867109B (en) | Method and device for determining spatial parameters | |
| CN108365935B (en) | Reference signal configuration method, base station and terminal | |
| CN108029136A (en) | Method and apparatus for random access | |
| US11129147B2 (en) | Uplink signal transmission method and device | |
| WO2017092697A1 (en) | Communication signal processing method and device in communication system | |
| CN109246822A (en) | Transmit method, base station and the user equipment of broadcast message | |
| CN108432285A (en) | A transmission method, device and system for a physical downlink channel | |
| CN103944662A (en) | Method and system for transmitting uplink demodulation reference signal | |
| WO2019109799A1 (en) | Method and device for transmitting information | |
| CN108347324A (en) | Communication means and the network equipment | |
| JP2018207520A (en) | Method and device for transmitting data | |
| CN108781097A (en) | Reference signal sending method, reference signal receiving method, apparatus and system | |
| CN111343718B (en) | Method and device for determining occupied time slot, storage medium, and user terminal | |
| TWI762531B (en) | Method for resource mapping and communication equipment | |
| WO2017125090A1 (en) | Method of transmitting reference signal and network equipment | |
| CN110120864A (en) | Processing method, device and the communication system in common search area | |
| WO2022067798A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 17906871 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 17906871 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |